Home

PowerControls 5.01 User Guide.book

1. Figure 3 19 The Options Tab in Preferences Run Data Wizard on startup The Data Wizard will launch every time you open Ontrack PowerControls Create new PST folders when PST message folder limits are reached Ontrack PowerControls will automatically create new folders e g Inbox when the 16 383 messages folder limit is reached After Ontrack PowerControls creates a new folder it continues to restore Exchange data where it left off For more information see Limits for PST and Folder Targets on page 210 Check for duplicate messages during copy When restoring Exchange data Ontrack PowerControls does not copy duplicates of a message to the destination folder if a message already exists in the destination folder Selecting this preference setting results in slower copy performance 148 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Setting Preferences Check for duplicate messages during search Ontrack PowerControls will not return duplicates of a message during a search For example if the same message exists in two or more data stores only the first message found is listed in the search results Selecting this preference setting results in slower search performance Display new PST when PST limit is reached When the limit for a PST is reached in the Target pane Ontrack PowerControls automatically displays the overflow PST Allow mailbox creation during copy If thi
2. 17 Ontrack PowerControls Extract Wizard 2 nennen 18 Welcome Page d retina eco bud eU ree vexat eaa 18 M thod of BxtractiOB ieri rtt een ert ete teet etae ren in cie E e een nonu 18 Exchange Information Store Extraction Source eee 21 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc i TABLE OF CONTENTS ONTENTS Table of Contents Catalog Performance Options sessi 22 Catalog Progress i 24 Exchange Information Store Selection serene 25 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder sese 32 Exchange Information Store Copy Progress sese 33 Completing Wizard et eat ee ER ee radice a ea epe auae 34 Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls eese 35 Chapter 2 Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Advanced 1 37 ON ELVIEW 37 Using the Method 2 ere Lee Deed le a 39 Using the API Method for IBM Tivoli Storage 39 Using the API Method for EMC NetWorker eee 45 Using the Exchange Emulation Method eese 52 Exchange Emulation for Microsoft NT Ba
3. Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 135 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls Main Window Note In the above illustration the Source pane displays an EDB file but it could just as easily display a PST file CAS or even multiple EDB and PST files Source Message List The Source message list displays the message items in the Outlook folder that you selected in the Source pane This folder is one of the Outlook folders e g Inbox Contacts Tasks In the illustration below the Source message list displays the messages in an Inbox E Create Date Status bd Testa engr RE message 2 Tue 6 03 2003 M4 Testa engr RE test meeting 6 03 2003 Testa enar Message Recall Tue 6 03 2003 Mm d Teste Enar Fw stuff Tue 6 03 2003 a Teste Engr recall test Tue 6 03 2003 Teste Engr message Tue 6 03 2003 4 Teste Engr 1 recall test Tue 6 03 2003 4 Teste Engr test message 9 Tue 6 03 2003 Teste Engr message10 Tue 6 03 2003 4 oO Teste Enar message 11 Tue 6 03 2003 4 Teste Enar another meeting 6 03 2003 Figure 3 3 The Source Message List Target Pane The Source message list displays metadata about the message items in six columns The metadata includes file type attachments if any message sender subject date and status The Sent Items folder also displays the To column For more information on the message list s
4. export report file name 230 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE COMMAND LINE Examples of Using the Command Line lt Operation gt Explanation lt Source Store gt Explanation c p cdata edb path to the database file name Source options Explanation t c temporary file path lt Source Folder Path gt Explanation pcuser1 source folder to copy lt Target Store gt Explanation NA target data store lt Target Folder Path gt Explanation c export Root folder of the export Example 4 Provides information on the databases including a list of mailboxes Tip When performing the list operation use the o filename option in order to see the mailboxes Otherwise the operation will proceed so fast that you won t be able to see the mailboxes powercontrols list o c mblist txt c privl edb lt Operation gt Explanation list perform a list operation Operation options Explanation o c mblist txt output report file name lt Source Store gt Explanation c privl edb path to the database file name Example 5 Perform an integrity check on and entire EDB powercontrols integ r o c output txt c privl edb ROOT lt Operation gt Explanation integ Perform an integrity check on a database Operation options Explanation
5. Source EDB File e g Source 3 PUB EDB contains the Exchange Information Store data that you extracted from a tape or disk backup Click the plus sign next to an EDB file to expand its contents Mailbox e g Personal Folders contains the Outlook folders Click the plus sign next to a mailbox to expand its contents Outlook Folders e g Inbox Contacts Tasks contain Outlook message items Select a folder to view its contents in the Source message list Source CAS File e g Source 1 contains the content analysis store data created to analyze content based on certain criteria CAS Profile Folder e g 3 Profie2 Completed which contains the results of a content analysis Inaccessible Mailbox which displays the inaccessible mailbox but the contents are not accessible based on administrator permission settings ge Status indicator which indicates that Ontrack PowerControls is licensed for the Agent for Administrative Services and that it is connected to Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server This icon is located in the Status Bar of the Ontrack PowerControls main window C Status indicator which indicates that Ontrack PowerControls is either not licensed for the Agent for Administrative Services or it is licensed but not connected to the Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server This icon is located in the Status Bar of the Ontrack PowerControls main window
6. 44 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Method o 18 If you extracted multiple data sets see Organizing Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls on page 131 Using the API Method for EMC NetWorker Before you use the API Method for EMC NetWorker you must do the following For EMC NetWorker 7 3 and older Make sure your current login has remote access to the client to which you are restoring To gain remote access perform these steps 1 Run NetWorker Administrator 2 Select Manage Clients 3 Right click the Exchange client you wish to restore the database from and click Edit 4 In the Remote tab enter your full user name in the Remote Access box Example postmaster powercontrols com For EMC NetWorker 7 4 Make sure your current login has remote access to the client to which you are restoring To gain remote access perform these steps 1 Run NetWorker Administrator 2 Select Manage Clients 3 Right click the Exchange client you wish to restore the database from and click Edit 4 In the client Properties click the Globals 1 of 2 tab Add the machine name that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard in the Aliases field for the client Make sure your login has EMC NetWorker administrative rights to get correct sizes for Exchange files If you do not have these rights you can still run Ontrack P
7. N Follow the on screen instructions Keyboard Shortcuts Menu Bar Keyboard Shortcut File Menu Open Source Ctrl S Open Target PST Ctrl T Open Target Exchange Server Ctrl E Close Store Ctrl L User Data Wizard Ctrl W Exit Alt F4 Edit Menu Copy Selection to Clipboard Ctrl C Paste Copied Item s Ctrl V Paste Special Ctrl Y Delete DEL Rename Ctrl R New Folder Ctrl N New Mailbox Ctrl M Move To Folder Microsoft Exchange Ctrl Shift V Server as a Target Find window Cut Microsoft Exchange Server asa Ctrl X Target Find window 6 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION Ontrack PowerControls Editions Menu Bar Keyboard Shortcut View Menu Refresh Screen F5 Tools Menu Integrity Check Ctrl I Export Ctrl P Create Reports Ctrl O Find F3 Online Help View Help Fl Ontrack PowerControls Editions 06006060060600600060600600600006006000060000606006006000600600006000600000600020600006000000000000009009009999 Ontrack PowerControls software editions are licensed based on the number of servers and mailboxes in your environment The Standard Edition is licensed for use on a single server with up to 100 mailboxes and the Business Edition is licensed for use on a single server with up to 250 mailboxes The Enterprise Edition is licensed for a customized number of s
8. error has occurred during an operation Ontrack PowerControls has encountered a problem We are sorry for the inconvenience Auditing Failed This application is not permitted to run and will now close Figure 4 15 Message that Ontrack PowerControls is not permitted to run Note If the error cannot be overcome or more than 8 minutes has passed since the fault occurred a successful retry is not possible Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 165 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS XE Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window Opening Source and Target Files The File menu and toolbar can be used to open Source or Target files in addition to the Data Wizard To open a Source file 1 Doone of the following Onthe File menu click Open Source On the toolbar click the Open Source icon E Important Before you select a Source EDB file in the window below see Guidelines for Selecting an Exchange Database on page 156 Data Wizard Source Path Selection Please browse for the EDB or PST file you will be using as your source Click the Browse button to find the correct source file to open using this wizard If you would not like to open a source file at this time click the Skip button to move onto your next selection Source File edb cas Browse Log File Path log pat chk Browse Temporary File Path idx dat Ikp
9. o c output txt output report file name lt Source Store gt Explanation c privl edb path to the database file name Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 231 8 USING THE COMMAND LINE IES Examples of Using the Command Line lt Operation gt Explanation lt Source Folder Path gt Explanation ROOT Root of the EDB entire EDB Example 6 Copy a folder from a pub EDB to public folders only copy messages dated after 01 01 2000 powercontrols copy r o c out2 txt da 01 01 2000 c pub1 edb newsgroups pevx2000 administrator pub ROOT Operation Explanation perform copy operation Operation options Explanation r copy subfolders o c out2 txt output report file name da 01 01 2000 Only copy messages that were created after this date lt Source Store gt Explanation cApubl edb path to the database file name Source Folder Path gt Explanation newsgroups source folder to copy Target Store gt Explanation pevx2000 administrator target data store Exchange Server name and logon ID Target Options Explanation pub Copy to public folders Target Folder Path gt Explanation ROOT Public folders root Important All paths with spaces need to be in quotes Ifa PST does not exist in the Target On
10. lt Back Exit Figure 1 17 Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard complete If you extracted multiple data sets see Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls on page 35 34 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls For best results when using an online incremental or differential backup e Put the edb stm and pat files in one directory Put the associated log files e g log chk in one directory Note The two directories can be different Ontrack PowerControls does not require stm or log files but you should include them to ensure that all email data is recovered You may get corruption errors if these files are not present In other words the quality of the recovery is better if you include the stm and log files If you are using an offline backup You need to use the edb and stm files To ensure that all email data is recovered you should also include all log files as well as pat and chk files if they exist Ontrack PowerControls performs its own verification process and will include the log and pat files to determine if it needs them to recover the data Note Exchange Server 5 5 and Exchange Server 2007 do not use stm files Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 35 CHAPTER 1 USING THE ON
11. 2 Deleted Items a STM User1 Fw Specials from W Fri 7 12 2002 4 24 Drafts STMUseri webpage fonews com Fri 7 12 2002 4 4 Evno4v STM User2 Re webpage fonews Fri 7 12 2002 4 STM liser 1 with stationarv Fri 7 12 2002 4 Figure 3 10 Before dragging the split bar between the Target message list and the Preview pane 2 Drag the split bar until the two panes are the desired size Sorting Messages in the Message Lists You can sort messages in the Source and Target message lists based on attachments message sender subject date and status In addition the Source message list lets you sort messages based on status and the Sent Items folder lets you sort items based on the To heading Sorting messages on the From column for example can help to identify messages from a specific sender To sort a message list 1 Click a column heading to sort the messages based on that heading For most headings an arrow appears indicating the sort direction An up arrow indicates that the messages appear in ascending A Z order A down arrow indicates that the messages appear in descending Z A order 2 To reverse the order of the messages based on that column heading click the column heading again Notice the arrow reverses directions An example of sorting messages If you click the attachment _ column heading messages are sorted in ascending order based on this heading even though no arrow appears This me
12. 46 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the API Method o Connection Parameters Specify the backup server and client computer names Backup Server y Enter the name of the computer on which the backup server software is installed MEE Enter the name of the computer or node on which the backup client software is installed This should also be the name of the computer or node Exchange Server is installed on Only catalog Exchange databases that were backed up in this time period Last 90 days Onor After Onor Before m ne Figure 2 11 Connection parameters for EMC NetWorker 6 Specify the connection parameters For Backup Server enter the name of the computer on which the backup server software is installed For Client enter the EMC NetWorker client that backed up the Exchange Information Store For Only catalog Exchange databases that were backed up in this time period select the desired time period Note The Catalog Progress page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard shows the catalog progress The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard queries the EMC NetWorker backup server database for Information Store backups Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 47 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD HAPTER Using the API Method Catalog Progress Querying
13. Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report v lt Back Next gt Exit Figure 2 25 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 7 Click Next Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 59 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 8 When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start NT Backup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 26 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to information on this p
14. Using the Exchange Emulation Method Start Symantec Backup Exec 9 1 10 1 on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click Restore The Restore Job Properties window appears In the Properties pane select Selections under the Source heading In the All Resources tree select the Exchange backup you want to restore In the Properties pane select Exchange Redirection under the Destination heading In the Restore to server box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer i e the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard See previous step 9 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard In the Server logon account change the logon account if necessary The account you select must have backup operator rights to the Restore Target Computer In the Properties pane select Exchange under the Settings heading Important Ifthe No Loss Restore check box is selected the restore will fail In the Temporary location for log and path files box enter the log file path See previous step 9 to verify that you are using the Log file path value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Deselect the Commit after restore completes check box Caution Make sure to deselect the Commit after restore completes check bo
15. 0 System Attendant TheMicrosoftE Sat 5 13 2006 priv i edblAdmi 1 System Attendant The MicrosoftE Fri 2 03 2006 1 privi edb Adni M Dr AE T a S E E T ES Fai 4 4 bd Tue 2 03 2004 s System Adminis Undeliverable Tue 2 03 2004 privi edb User 0 SYSCHECK csi LEASE COMMI 2 03 2004 1 privi edb User SYSCHECKGcsi LE priv i edb User 0 SYSCHECKQcs LE Content Anaisis Store Massage priv 1 edb User SYSCHECK csi LEASE COMMI 2 03 2004 1 priv1 edb User 0 SYSCHECKQcs LEASE COMMI 2 03 2004 1 priv 1 edb User Figure 10 9 The Database numbers are tied to the actual database Note Database DB numbers are tied to the actual database not the folder so each folder from the same EDB will have the same DB number DB numbers increment from 1 for each different database added to the content analysis store not for each folder PROFILE PROCESSING STATUSES When the profile is processing there are four possible statuses that are displayed Processing Suspended Completed and Completed with errors Target C Documents and Settings bs asdf 29 Profile1 Completed a Profile2 Suspended B Profiles Processing 9 Profile2 Completed with errors Figure 10 10 Profile Processing Status folders are indicated by different colors Processing After entering the profile
16. 14 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION Conventions in this Manual o Conventions in this Manual This manual uses guidelines for documenting menu commands and shortcuts commands available on shortcut menu and notes and tips Menu Commands and Shortcuts This manual uses the following conventions for documenting menu commands and shortcuts Example Describes On the File menu point to Target PST Choosing the Create New command on the and then click Create New Target PST submenu on the File menu On the Edit menu click Paste Special Choosing the Paste Special command on the Edit menu Press Ctrl S Open Source EDB Holding down the Ctrl key and the S key at the same time and then releasing them Right click Clicking the right mouse button Shortcut Menu You can access many of the same commands available on the menu bar and toolbar by right clicking the mouse to display a shortcut menu The contents of the shortcut menu depend on whether you right click in the Source or Target pane This manual seeks to teach you how to use commands on the menu bar and toolbar and doesn t always specify when you can use the shortcut menu Once you become familiar with Ontrack PowerControls the commands available to you on the shortcut menu should become apparent Notes and Tips Notes including cautions important notes tips and warnings as well as general notes call the
17. 3 Select Print to print the progress report Save to save the progress report to your hard drive or Close to close the window Moving Message Item using Drag and Drop Drag and drop from a Find in Target search result list has a Move option This option behaves in the same manner as the Move to Folder function or cut and paste To move to folder using drag and drop 1 Right click the message item in the search results and drag to a mailbox in the Target pane 2 Atthe destination mailbox a shortcut menu appears with the options of Paste Move Paste Special or Cancel Select one and the Copy Progress window appears Tasks Personal Folders Em L8 Contac Paste Delete Move EA Drafts Past ial amp box aste Specia 4 Cancel 4 Message Item s Figure 5 5 Drag and drop context menu 3 Click Print to print the progress report Save to save the progress report to your hard drive or Close to close the window COPYING MESSAGE ITEMS You can copy message items to Exchange Server and PST file Targets Only valid Targets are displayed in the Copy Items window Copy to Folder Ontrack PowerControls presents you with a Copy To Folder option which copies the item and keeps it in its original location to be pasted in a designated location To copy to folder 1 On the Edit menu click Copy To Folder The Copy Items window appears 2 Select a folder as the destination and click OK The message item is now copied and
18. 6 Select the Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 option and click Next Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 125 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 7 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Figure 2 106 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 8 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start UltraBac Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions 126 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emu
19. Exchange server already open current Exchange Server is already open Only one Exchange Server can be open at atime Continue and close the current server Do not show this message again Figure 4 25 Exchange Server already open message Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 173 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS IES Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window Tip If you do not want this message to display every time you already have an Exchange Server open select Do not show this message again Selecting this option deselects the Show warning setting in Preferences Warnings tab Preferences Options Security Warnings Show warning when logs specified but not found Show warning when no log file path specified Show warning when copying to Exchange Server root Show warning when opening an Exchange Server and an Exchange Server is already open Cancel Apply Help Figure 4 26 Deselected warning message Clicking OK in the Exchange Server already open message begins the Opening Target process This may take several minutes Opening Target Attempting to Connect to Mailbox Evno4vviaa Connection to Mailbox Evno4vviaa Succeeded Attempting to Connect to Mailbox Evno4v3iaa lt Total Time Remaining 00h 08m 05s Figure 4 27 Opening Target progress window 6 To stop the opening process from completing click Cancel A cancel confirma
20. Group statistics by r Message Options Include messages in deleted item retention Include messages not in deleted item retention Cancel Help Figure 9 2 The Create Reports window for a CAS For Priv EDB Under Mailboxes select the mailboxes to be included in the report s All mailboxes are selected by default For Pub EDB or PST Under Folders select the folders to be included in the report s All folders are selected by default 236 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc REPORTING Creating Reports For CAS Under Profile Folders select the folders to be included in the report s All folders are selected by default 4 Under Reports select one or more reports that you would like to create Attachment Statistics Domain Statistics Messages by Database Messages by Profile Folder This report is available for CAS data Sources only Messages by Mailbox This report is available for Priv EDB data Sources only Messages by Date If you select this report then specify the appropriate options for received date range and date unit e g hour day week month This report is available for Priv EDB and CAS data Sources only 5 Under Message Options select the appropriate deleted item retention option s Both options are selected by default For PST Sources the first option is deselected You can modify the default options for PST Sources not Include messages in de
21. Saving Attachments A save attachments option is available on the File menu and paperclip menu of an open message as well as on the paperclip menu of the Preview pane The Save Attachments window lists the attachments for the selected message and lets you select the attachments you want to save To save attachments in an open message 1 In the Source or Target message list double click a message that has the Attachment icon next to its name 2 In the open message do one of the following Onthe File menu click Save Attachments Click the Attachment icon on the right side of the message header and then click Save Attachments 3 In the Save Attachments window select one or more attachments and click OK 4 In the Browse For Folder window select a location for the attachment s and click OK To save attachments in the preview pane 1 In the Source or Target message list select a message that has the Attachment icon Ill next to its name Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 141 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE IES Changing the View 2 In the Preview pane click the Attachment icon on the right side of the message header and then click Save Attachments 3 In the Save Attachments window select one or more attachments and click OK 4 In the Browse For Folder window select a location for the attachment s and click OK Changing the View You can change the view in the Ontrack PowerCo
22. Wed 6 25 2003 EA Folder 5 Kg3hjzuaaa EX bCkfKAXKL oup Wed 6 25 2003 a Folder 6 Kg3hjzuaaa EX kfUXRBngo oup Wed 6 25 2003 Pebrhcbaaa EX agQCDuEoW o Wed 6 25 2003 36 Message Item s Status Bar Figure 3 1 The Ontrack PowerControls main window with four panes Source Pane The Source pane displays the EDB file s that you extracted from a disk or tape backup The Source pane can also display one or more PST files if you have purchased the PST as Source File agent It also displays a content analysis store CAS as Source If you have not yet extracted Exchange data from a backup tape or disk see Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard on page 17 or Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Advanced Method on page 37 134 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Ontrack PowerControls Main Window o Sources Source 1 11 15step3 RA Profile 1 Completed RA Profile2 Completed Source 2 Personal Folders E Calendar Ea Contacts M Deleted Items EA Drafts Tasks Source 3 PUB EDB Figure 3 2 Sample icons with descriptions below eJ Sources Root Node contains one or more Source data stores that are pre pended with a SourceX where X is a number starting with 1 and is incremented for each additional Source opened You can select the Sources root node as your search Source
23. essen 215 About Message msg Text txt and PST Export 215 Exporting MeSSaBes nine tne i eni piece ides 216 Exporting to PST i ee nete b ede Eee eek eU Leti eie E dh E ae eda 219 uidi M 220 About the Export Progress Window 221 Saving and Printing the Report eese eren nennen nnns 222 Chapter 7 Restoring Exchange Data 223 OVeEtVIeW itenim d 223 Quick Look at Restoring Your Exchange Data essere 223 Restoring Your Exchange Data in Three Easy Steps esses 223 Limits for PST and Folder Targets eese 224 About Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server 225 About the Copy Progress Window eese ener 225 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents Creating Renaming and Deleting Folders in the Target Pane 226 Copying and Pasting or Dragging and Dropping eee 227 Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data eee 228 Restoring Messages with Copy Paste 228 Restoring Messages with Paste Special essere 229 Restoring a Polder ERR rei tial doris 234 Restoring a er n inae Ere Red
24. 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 275 GLOSSARY GLOSSARY 276 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc access rights Exchange mailboxes 232 236 237 access rights to an Exchange server 225 administrative rights to the Net Worker server 45 Advanced Searching licensing agent 210 All Mailboxes 182 API Method See also Ontrack Pow erControls ExtractWizard Ad vanced Method 39 requirements for using 38 API Method See also Single Mail box Recovery ExtractWizard Advanced Method using 39 attachment table view 284 289 attachments opening and saving 151 opening and saving in the Find dialog box 211 searching for 210 BKF 289 C CAS 289 CHK 289 closing a content analysis store 272 closing sources and targets 185 Command Line examples 243 syntax 241 completing the Data Wizard 172 Configuring Microsoft Outlook 5 Connect to Exchange Server dialog box 178 Connect to Public Folders 169 170 content analysis store creating 262 creating reports 275 opening as Source 273 viewing profiles 275 viewing properties 274 content analysis store CAS 289 closing 272 content analysis store profile viewing properties 274 continue loading EDB file without logs 171 conventions in this manual menu commands and shortcuts 15 notes and tips 15 shortcut menu 15 conversation view 285 289 Copy Progress dialog box 225 copy results in Copy Progress win dow viewing 226 Copy To Folder 206 copying
25. 282 Other Options Available in the Message 282 Message View tet ierit te tertie rr ie need aia e dea otn 283 Message Table View eiii tese eee ed ettet ee ed eae HC PED ete Uc P Gd ehe 283 Attachment Table V16W iier ttis tbe cerne ntu et aee ERR Ex reso 284 Conversation VIeW x iiio qni nod aai id a ecdesia 285 Opening a View for the First Time sees 286 Find in Source Window in Message Views nennen nennen 288 Glossary i isa cse ROC CR RR RR ROC RO RC a 289 ip rrr 293 vi Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc NTRODUCTION Overview Welcome to Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 the mailbox recovery software that saves time money and resources when recovering Microsoft Exchange data Ontrack PowerControls works with your existing Microsoft Exchange Server backup architecture and procedures and allows you to recover individual mailboxes folders messages attachments calendar items notes and tasks directly to your production Exchange Server or any PST file This eliminates time consuming and expensive single mailbox brick level backups This powerful software also lets you search and create a copy of all archived email that matches a given keyword or criteria The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard lets you restore Exchange Information Store data from tape and disk backups t
26. 5 08 Control BackupRestore amm 4 gt is gt j My Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentContralSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths 2 Figure 2 88 Example of Setting the Registry Key 4 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 5 On the first page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Veritas NetBackup Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup Veritas NetBackup mi ce o Figure 2 89 Selecting Veritas NetBackup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 7 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears 112 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method ee o Conne
27. 9 REPORTING IES Viewing Reports Column Heading Description Domain The name of the domain e g ontrack com from which the message was sent All messages whose domain cannot be determined are placed into an unknown domain All Exchange messages are placed into an internal domain Number of Messages Total count of messages that were received from each domain Total Size of Messages Total size of all messages that were received from each domain Percent of Total by Number Number of messages from each domain divided by the total number of messages from all domains Percent of Total by Size Total size of messages from each domain divided by the total size of messages from all domains Messages by Database Report The Messages by Database report provides statistics on the database that contains the processed messages In the current version of Ontrack PowerControls reports are limited to a single EDB or PST which means the database report has only one row of information For example the database report for Privl edb has one row of information listing all message statistics for Privl edb and its mailboxes Column Heading Description Database EDB PST or CAS The database name e g Privl edb Publ edb Outlook XP pst Userl cas Cumulative Number of Messages Cumulative number of messages Cumulative Size of Messages Cumulative size of all me
28. About Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server on page 211 About the Copy Progress Window on page 211 Creating Renaming and Deleting Folders in the Target Pane on page 212 Copying and Pasting or Dragging and Dropping on page 213 Restoring Your Exchange Data in Three Easy Steps If you copy an EDB file a PST file a mailbox or a folder from the Source pane and paste it to any Target destination Ontrack PowerControls will preserve the directory structure of all restored messages When restoring individual messages you must use the Paste Special command to preserve their directory structure To restore individual messages with Copy Paste 1 In the Source pane or Find in Source window copy messages from the message list 2 In the Target pane paste the messages into a folder Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 209 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA AER Quick Look at Restoring Your Exchange Data 3 In the Copy Progress window verify that your messages were successfully copied and click Close To restore individual messages with Copy Paste Special 1 In the Source pane or Find in Source window copy messages from the message list 2 In the Target pane use Paste Special to paste the messages into a folder mailbox PST root or Exchange Server root 3 In the Copy Progress window verify that your messages were successfully copied and click Close Tip Use the Paste Special command to retain the directory s
29. Figure 2 29 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 8 Click Next 62 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start NT Backup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings brown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 30 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to information on this page and paste it into NT Backup when prompted later in this section 9 Start Microsoft NT Backup on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 10 In the Tapes window select the Exchange backup you want to restore
30. Find in Source File Edit Tools Search in folder Multiple Sources Selected Browse C Search for words Ecludewordss Clear Fields Search in MessageSubject Attachment File Name s Message Body Attachment Text Sent from Sent to Created Date after Created Date before Ready Figure 5 2 Result when multiple folders are selected 5 In the Search for words box enter one or more words or phrases if you want to execute a keyword search Keep in mind the following points Put a space between words or phrases to perform an AND operation i e all words must be matched in order to include a message item with the search results e Put a comma between words or phrases to perform an OR operation 1 only one of the words must be matched in order to include a message item with the search results Put quotation marks around word phrases i e the exact phrase must be matched in order to include a message item with the search results Example Search for words dog cat mouse rat Search results Message items that contain dog AND cat AND mouse OR rat are included in the search results 6 In the Exclude words box enter words or phrases if you want to perform a NOT operation If matched these words or phrases will exclude a message item from the search results The rules for using spaces commas and quotation marks apply when excluding words fr
31. Ontrack PowerControls The ultimate power tool for Microsoft Exchange administrators KROLL ONTRACK TO USERS Ontrack PowerControls is a software application that has been developed copyrighted and licensed by Kroll Ontrack Inc Use of the software is governed by the terms and conditions of the end user license agreement contained within the software This manual should not be construed as any representation or warranty with respect to the software named herein Occasionally changes or variations exist in the software that are not reflected in the manual Generally if such changes or variations are known to exist and affect the product significantly a release note or Read Me file will accompany the User Guide or will be available on the Ontrack PowerControls web site In that event please read the release notes or Read Me file before using the product TRADEMARKS Ontrack PowerControls and other Kroll Ontrack brand and product names referred to herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of Kroll Ontrack Inc and or its parent in the United States and or other countries All other brand and product names are trademarks of their respective holders COPYRIGHTS Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc All Rights Reserved Outside In Content Access 1991 2006 Stellent Chicago Inc All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retri
32. Storage Groups TRE Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site 1 y Org Figure 2 70 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Connection Parameters 8 Select the Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 option In the Storage Groups box enter the name of the storage group you will be extracting The storage group name is case sensitive and must match exactly the name that appears in the Exchange System Manager You can enter multiple storage groups separated by semicolons C 10 Click Next 11 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 99 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documen
33. Using the Exchange Emulation Method Backup Restore Software is the backup software used to initiate the restore It may be on the same computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Note For Veritas NetBackup you must run your backup restore software on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Requirements for Using the Exchange Emulation Method The Advanced Method for Exchange Emulation has five requirements Only online Exchange backups are supported This includes full copy incremental and differential backups The backup client software must be installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard cannot be run on an Exchange Server e Backup restore dll files must be in the system path on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard For Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 esebcli2 dll is required as well as a registry key pointing to it For Exchange Server 5 5 edbbcli dll is required For more information see the instructions for each type of backup software discussed in this section You must have the rights to create and start services on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Exchange Emulation for Microsoft NT Backup In order to run Microsoft NT Backup on the computer running Exchange Emulation NT Backup must be set up to do online Exchange backups If it is not follow the instructions in this Microsoft
34. 218 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data 1 Select one or more messages from the message list in the Find in Source window or the Source pane 2 In the Source pane or Find in Source window copy messages from the message list In this example messages from three different mailboxes PC User 1 PC User 2 and PC User 3 are copied from the message list in the Find in Source window Teste Enar Test Engr Test Personal Folder Teste Engr Test Engr Test Teste Engr Testb Engr Teste Engr Test Engr Test Engr Teste Engr Test Engr Personal Folder Personal Folder Personal Folder Personal Folder Personal Folder Q WwW Ww 121 1 Teste Engr Test Engr Personal Folder Teste Enar Test Enar Test Message View Personal Folder Teste Engr Testb Engr test messa E Personal Folder Teste Enar Test Engr recall test 2 Fri 4 20 2001 3 Personal Folder Teste Engr Test Engr 1 recall test Fri 4 20 2001 3 Personal Folder Teste Engr Testd Engr test recall Fri 4 20 2001 3 Personal Folder Figure 7 9 Copying messages from the Find in Source window 3 In the Target pane use Paste Special to paste the messages into an Exchange Server root node 4 In the Copy Progress window verify your results to make sure that your messages from all mailboxes were copied to the Target de
35. C DOCUME 1 LOCALS 1 Temp 2 PC Y Browse Figure 4 16 Browse to EDB PST or CAS file to use as Source 2 In the Source File box click Browse to find a Source EDB PST or CAS file The CAS files are used for the content analysis store feature 3 If you selected a PST or CAS file proceed to step 6 PST and CAS files do not require log file or temporary file paths 4 In the Log File Path box click Browse to find the log files associated with the Source EDB file Important After you select an EDB file the Log File Path box defaults to the Source EDB file path even if the log files are not in the same directory as the Source EDB file Therefore make sure you enter the correct log file path in the Log File Path box 166 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window 5 In the Temporary File Path box accept the default location for idx and dat files or specify a new location if they require more hard drive space For more information see Guidelines for Selecting an Exchange Database on page 156 6 Click OK The EDB or PST file appears in the Ontrack PowerControls Source pane Source C Documents and Setting Sources Source 2 Personal Folders Source 3 PUB EDB 4 0001 bd 1 Eg 10 32 33 AM 17 D 2 3 543 D 4 4 0 5 Xo Figure 4 17 Source pane for an EDB file Tip You ca
36. HAPTER Viewing the Properties of an EDB File PST File CAS File CAS Profile Folder Folder or Mailbox CAS File Properties Number of Source Containers 0 Number of Profile Folders 2 Number of Messages 248 CAS Creation Time 10 12 2006 13 50 43 Size of CAS File 0 MB Figure 3 15 Properties of a content analysis store file Properties of Profile1 Full Path 11 15step1251Profilel Number of Messages 0 Approximate Total Size of Messages 0 Bytes Number of Messages Processed 0 Status Finished counting Processing State Completed Processing Figure 3 16 Properties of a content analysis store profile folder An alternate way to view the properties of an EDB or PST file Once you have viewed the properties of the Source EDB or PST file as described above you can then display the properties in the Preview pane 1 Open the Preview pane by clicking the Preview Pane icon on the toolbar or by clicking the View menu and pointing to Preview Pane 2 Right click on the Source EDB or PST file in the Source pane and click Properties Database Details Number of Folders 11 Number of Messages 1 PST Creation Time 8 14 2007 16 44 00 Size of PST File 50 MB PST Version Outlook 97 2000 XP Figure 3 17 Properties of an EDB File 146 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Performing an Integrity Check o Performing an Integrity Check You can perfo
37. If the mailbox creation fails the mailbox does not appear in the Target directory CREATING MAILBOXES USING COPY PASTE You can create new mailboxes by using the Copy function Mailbox creation through copying can be made available or unavailable through the Preferences window under the Options tab To create a new single mailbox using Copy Paste 1 Verify that Allow mailbox creation during copy option in Preferences is selected 2 Right click the single mailbox in the Source pane and click Copy 3 Highlight the Target Exchange Server and click Paste The New Mailbox window opens with certain fields auto populated Note If Paste is not available you do not have access rights to the Source mailbox 4 Click Next 5 Confirm Mailbox Settings are correct and click Finish The Copy Progress window displays and creates a report when the copying is finished Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 179 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS HAPTER Using the Mailbox Creation Wizard Copy Progress Total number of associated messages to be processed 10 0 of 6 folders successfully copied 406 of 1395 messages successfully copied 0 of 10 associated messages successfully copied Copy canceled on 11 7 2007 at 4 11 PM Copy finished 00h 00m 00s BHEEBESHEHEBEHEBEEEEHBEBHEEEEEEBEEEEH Print Save Figure 4 32 Copy Progress complete 6 Click Print to print the report Save to save the report to your hard drive or Close to c
38. NT Backup allows you to restore only one Exchange Information Store at a time Note You cannot restore the Directory 11 Click Restore The Restoring Microsoft Exchange window appears 12 In the Destination Server box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer i e the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The name must be in all capital letters See previous step 7 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 13 Select the Erase all existing data check box 14 Click OK NT Backup will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 15 When NT Backup has finished click Close and close NT Backup 16 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 63 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Emulation for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector Exchange Emulation for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector and Exchange Server 2000 2003 1 Install HP client software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard When choosing components for this client make sure to include the MS Exchange 2000 Integration component Note If the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard already has the HP client software
39. New Mailbox User Information Enter the user name and account information Organizational unit Browse First name Initials Last name ee Name Journal User logon name User Principal Name UPN Suffix Journal powercontrols com User logon name pre Windows 2000 Journal Password Confirm password Save as default password Figure 4 34 User Information window for multiple mailboxes 6 Confirm that the Mailbox Settings are correct The Alias field is auto populated based on the information from the Source mailbox Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 181 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS HAPTER Using the Mailbox Creation Wizard New Mailbox Mailbox Settings Enter the alias For the mailbox user and then select the mailbox location Alias Server 2000 Storage group First Storage Group x Mailbox database mailbox Store T lt Back Cancel Figure 4 35 Mailbox Settings for multiple mailboxes 7 Click Finish The Copy Progress window appears and creates a report when the copying is finished Copy Progress Copy started on 11 1 2007 at 1 24 PM Copying Total number of messages to be processed 1 messages successfully copied Copy finished on 11 1 2007 at 1 24 PM Copy finished 00h 00m 00s HAGLER ORAM Print Save Figure 4 36 Copy Progress complete 8 Click Print to print the r
40. Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups TRE Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site 1 y Org Figure 2 80 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Connection Parameters 8 Select the Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 option 9 In the Storage Groups box enter the name of the storage group you will be extracting The storage group name is case sensitive and must match exactly the name that appears in the Exchange System Manager You can enter multiple storage groups separated by semicolons C 10 Click Next 11 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it 106 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an
41. Source message list is highlighted It opens an Attachment Table View of that message and attachment and all related messages and attachments Conversation View is only available when a message in the Source message list is highlighted It shows the thread of that message with indentions to indicate the responses to each e mail Previewing and Opening Messages In the Preview pane you can read the contents of a message item and open attachments You can preview a message located in either the Source message list or the Target message list The information displayed in the Message Header is different for messages calendars contacts tasks and distribution lists To open the preview pane Do one of the following e On the View menu click Preview Pane On the toolbar click the Preview Pane icon in the toolbar To hide the preview pane Repeat one of the previous steps Tip Hiding the Preview pane will allow you to scroll through messages faster To display a message in the preview pane 1 In the Source or Target message list select a message 2 Open the Preview pane by clicking on the Preview Pane icon in the toolbar From Useri To User2 User3 User1 Subject Summary Report Here is a sample summary report for your review Let me know if you have any questions 5 Message Item s Figure 3 9 Preview pane for a message To open a message in its own window nthe Source or Target mess
42. Thu 4 14 2005 m New Folder Ctrl4N Evno4vnzaa PC cwoXFMcLK ou Thu 4 14 2005 fcaa PC GdTrjadf Thu 4 14 2005 Close Store ees ER iios Evno4vvnaa WBKyDlapx ou Thu 4 14 2005 Evno4vv2aa PC EOPTRXZjQ ou Thu 4 14 2005 H 0 Evno4v3waaP HsOwXWelIU o Thu 4 14 2005 Evno4vv2aa PC sFhvbfmiD oup Thu 4 14 2005 Pastes the selection into the selected Target folder Maintains the dir structure Figure 7 5 Using Paste Special on a Target To restore messages to an Exchange Server mailbox or folder with Paste Special If the Target is an Exchange Server mailbox or folder Ontrack PowerControls copies all messages to the Target Each mailbox is a subfolder of the folder you selected for the Paste Special operation 1 In the Source pane or Find in Source window copy messages from the message list In this example messages from three different mailboxes PC User 1 PC User 2 and PC User 3 are copied from the message list in the Find in Source window p F etree ate Folder amp Teste Engr Test Engr Test another meeting 3 Personal Folder gt Teste Engr Test Engr Test 3 Personal Folder Teste Engr Testb Engr Integrity Check Personal Folder Teste Engr Test Engr Cito E Personal Folder Test Engr Teste Engr E Personal Folder I System Adminis Test Engr pei Select
43. Total Size 81 829 888 Bytes X Browse O ce Figure 1 8 Extracting a full online disk backup CA ARCserve Backup Example 3 Extracting a Full Online Tape Backup EMC NetWorker An EMC NetWorker backup to tape can contain multiple backup sets and volumes This example only displays one online backup set The backup set lists the SSID e g 4247758661 The volume lists the machine name and volume name Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk 5 1 Catalog i v 4247758661 exchbbb S Exchange Information Store File PRIV EDB PUB EDB EDB00460 LOG EDB00461 LOG EDB00462 LOG EDB00463 LOG EDB00464 LOG PRIV PAT PUB PAT Size Date Spans 369 00 8 5 2003 7 449 AM No 6 00 58 5 2003 749 AM No 5 00MB 8 5 2003 7 49 No 5 00 MB 8 5 2003 749 AM No 5 00 MB 8 5 2003 7 49 AM No 5 00 MB 38 5 2003 7 49 AM No 5 00 8 5 2003 749 AM No 8 00KB 8 5 2003 7 49 No 8 00 8 5 2003 7 49 AM No If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files 9 Save Catalog File Total Size 419 463 168 Bytes Browse ee e Figure 1 9 Extracting a full online tape backup EMC NetWorker Example 4 Extracting a Full Online Tape Backup VERI
44. check box Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 67 CHAPTER 2 20 2 am 24 25 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Note If this check box is selected HP OpenView Storage Data Protector will display a message stating the restore failed Click OK The files will still be extracted and usable Click the Devices tab and verify your devices are properly configured Click the Media tab and verify the required media is available 22 23 Click Restore The Start Restore Session window appears Do one of the following Click Next to specify options on Report level and Network load and then click Finish Click Finish When HP OpenView Storage Data Protector says it has finished close the program In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector and Exchange Server 5 5 1 Install HP client software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard When choosing components for this client make sure to include the MS Exchange 5 x Integration component Note If the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard already has the HP client software installed make sure the MS Exchange 5 x Integration component has been included in the installation On the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli dll is in
45. messages by date report 258 messages by profile folder re port 259 saving reports 260 sorting reports 259 reports See reporting restore messages Exchange Server root node 232 restoring a folder guidelines 234 results 235 restoring a mailbox guidelines 236 results 237 restoring an EDB file guidelines 237 results 238 restoring Exchange data looking at the Target pane 146 restoring Exchange data to a PST file about the Copy Progress dialog box 225 looking at the Target message list 147 restoring a folder 234 restoring a folder a mailbox an EDB file a CAS file or a PST file 224 restoring a mailbox 236 restoring an EDB file 237 restoring individual messages with Copy Paste 223 restoring individual messages with Paste Special 224 restoring Exchange data to an Ex change server about the Copy Progress dialog box 225 restoring a folder 234 restoring a folder a mailbox an EDB file a CAS file or a PST file 224 restoring a mailbox 236 restoring an EDB file 237 restoring an Exchange server mailbox or folder with Copy Paste 228 restoring individual messages with Copy Paste 223 restoring individual messages with Paste Special 224 restoring messages to an Ex change server root node with Paste Special 232 restoring messages to Ex change 2000 2003 225 restoring messages to Ex change 5 5 225 restoring to public folders 238 restoring messages guidelines 228 Paste Special 229 restoring messages from the Find di a
46. purged from the EDB file due to the deleted retention schedule Ontrack PowerControls cannot view or restore these messages Content analysis store deleted messages in both the Source and Target panes also appear under the Status column in the message list Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 147 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE HAPTER Setting Preferences Setting Preferences Options Tab The Preferences window allows you to streamline Ontrack PowerControls operations Most of the preference settings in the three tabs are selected by default There are two exceptions the Display new PST when PST limit is reached setting in the Options tab and the Enable Tamper Proof Target setting in the Security tab If you change the settings they are stored and reloaded on the next run of Ontrack PowerControls To change preference settings 1 On the Edit menu click Preferences 2 Select or deselect the check boxes in the three tabs as desired Preferences Options Security Warnings Run Data Wizard on startup Create new PST folders when PST message folder limits are reached Check for duplicate messages during copy Check for duplicate messages during search Display new PST when PST limit is reached Mailbox Creation NM Allow mailbox creation during copy Promptwhether to create mailboxes during copy License file name C Program Files Ontrack PowerControls unlimited ini c
47. report information about the database Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 227 8 USING THE COMMAND LINE APTER Command Line Syntax Integ Integrity Check h help Operation options f lt format gt format msg messages will be exported as msg msg is the default txt message will be exported as txt pst messages will be exported to a PST p lt format gt 97 create a 97 2002 style PST for export copy 2003 create a 2003 style PST for export copy export copy subfolders o lt filename gt name of file to output progress information to default is CON Note If the file exists Ontrack PowerControls will append to the output progress file If the file does not exist Ontrack PowerControls will create it da lt mm dd yyyy gt Process messages dated on or after this date db lt mm dd yyyy gt Process message dated on or before this date v lt verbose gt lt Source Store gt Full path of EDB file CAS file or PST file Source options Log file path t Temp file path lt Source Folder Path gt full path including mailbox to the Source folder or profile folder to be copied exported or ROOT for root datastore folder lt Target Store gt ServerName mailbox or Full path of PST Ex Pcpdc jJones Pcpdc hJohnson 228 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE COMMAND LINE Examples of Using the Command Line C archive pst Note The Target Store is not needed fo
48. the Paste Special code attempts to connect to each mailbox one at a time and copies each message to its corresponding mailbox and folder If the folder does not exist it will be created If the mailbox does not exist Ontrack PowerControls logs an error in the copy results skips the entire mailbox and continues the Paste Special operation Note You cannot restore messages from a PST file to an Exchange Server root node To restore messages to a PST root or folder with Paste Special If the Target is a PST root node or folder Ontrack PowerControls creates a folder to represent each mailbox Each mailbox is a subfolder of the folder you selected for the Paste Special operation 1 In the Source pane or Find in Source window copy messages from the message list In this example messages from three different mailboxes PC User 1 PC User 2 and PC User 3 are copied from the message list in the Find in Source window ee a ee eee Folder Teste Engr Test Engr Test another meeting Fri n Personal Folder Teste Engr Test Engr Test wi Teste Engr Testb Engr c is Teste Engr Test Engr pe Test Engr Teste Engr Select All Ctrl A Personal Folder Personal Folder Personal Folder Personal Folder WwW W BRR System Adminis Test Engr Deliv Personal Folder Teste Engr Test Enar mess ai aa Personal Folder Teste Engr Test Engr T
49. 03 2004 1 E Contacts SYSCHECKGc LEASE COI Tue 2 03 2004 1 7 Deleted Items SYSCHECKGc LEASE COI Tue 2 03 2004 1 eee SYSCHECKGc LEASE COI Tue 2 03 2004 1 El Evno4v 2 03 2004 1 HA Folder 10 xd SYSCHECKGc LEASE COI Figure 10 8 Messages displayed after profile folder created Note Ifthe same Source is added to the content analysis store twice for processing Ontrack PowerControls ignores the second copy The Source is not listed twice nor is an error message displayed DB COLUMN The content analysis store profile folder message views include a column to display a database number to enable you to trace back to the actual database in the content analysis store This number does not correlate to the profile folder number or Source i e Profile1 or Source 1 does not necessarily correlate with DB 1 The correlation is between the profile folder message and the Source database 250 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Example CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store 2 fgn___subest_reatebate me Statu 1 System Attendant MicrosoftE Sat 6 17 2006 privi edb Admi C 0 SystemAttendant MicrosoftE Sat 6 10 2006 priv 1 edb Adni System Attendant The MicrosoftE Sat 6 03 2006 privi edb Admi 0 System Attendar MRNA TERI ae privi edb Adni System Attendar privi edblAdmi
50. 2003 SP1 Administrative Tools Pack Exchange 2007 Exchange 2007 IIS Management Tools 64 bit CD 32 bit NET Framework 2 0 download MMC 3 0 PowerShell 1 0 4 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION Configuring Microsoft Outlook ee o The Exchange Management Tools can be installed on Windows XP Professional Windows 2000 Professional Windows 2000 Server Windows 2000 SP3 or Windows Server 2003 To see additional supported operating system and prerequisite requirements please refer to the Exchange Management Tools documentation for your specific version The Exchange 2000 Management Tools can only be used on Exchange Server 2000 and can be installed on Windows XP Professional Windows 2000 Professional Windows 2000 Server Windows 2000 SP3 or Windows Server 2003 The Exchange 2003 Management Tools can be used on Exchange 2000 or 2003 and can be installed on Windows XP Professional Windows 2000 Professional Windows 2000 Server SP3 or Windows Server 2003 The Exchange 2007 Management Tools can only be used on Exchange Server 2007 and can be installed on Windows XP Professional Windows 2000 Professional Windows 2000 Server SP3 or Windows Server 2003 Configuring Microsoft Outlook Ontrack PowerControls requires that Microsoft Messaging API MAPI be installed on your computer To get full MAPI functionality do the following before installing Ontrack PowerControls 1 Make sure
51. 282 message view options attachment table view 284 conversation view 285 message table view 282 message view pane 282 message views copying messages 282 exporting messages 282 menus and toolbars 280 messages 278 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc cutting 207 deleting 207 exporting 216 moving 205 searching 200 missing database files missing temp files location 277 Move To Folder 205 moving messages 205 using drag and drop 206 using Move To Folder 206 moving or copying a folder a mail box or an EDB file with Copy Paste 271 MTF 290 multiple levels searching 203 multiple mailboxes opening 183 searching 200 multiple search windows 209 N new mailbox created 190 new mailboxes 186 Notes and Tips 15 Now Processing Data File 171 O online Help 14 Ontrack PowerControls configuring Microsoft Outlook for 5 getting help 14 Ontrack PowerControls Extract Wizard Advanced Method Exchange Emulation for Sy mantec Backup Exec 9 1 10 1 and Exchange 2000 2003 72 75 Ontrack PowerControls Ex tractWizard organizing the extracted files for Ontrack PowerControls 131 Ontrack PowerControls Ex tractWizard Advanced Method 37 API Method for EMC Net Worker 45 API Method for IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 39 Emulation for UltraBac and Ex change 2000 2003 124 Exchange Emulation for CA ARCserve and Exchange 2000 2003 88 Exchange Emulation for CA ARCserve and Exchange 5 5 92 Exchange Emulation for Com mVault
52. 29 New Mailbox form 3 Enter the User Information and click Next to display the Mailbox Settings window Organizational unit This field is pre populated but you can change it by clicking Browse First name Optional Enter the first name of the user If a user account already exists without a mailbox based on this Name the mailbox is created on the existing user account Initials Optional Enter the initials of the user Last name Optional Enter the last name of the user If a user account already exists without a mailbox based on this Name the mailbox is created on the existing user account Name This field auto populates as the First name Initials and Last name are entered This field can also be modified User logon name User Principal Name Create a user logon name for the new account If this name matches the same field of an existing user account an error is displayed indicating that it is a duplicate UPN suffix This field adds the Organizational Unit selected as the second half of the logon name email address User logon name pre Windows 2000 A user logon name for older versions of Windows Password and Confirm Password Optional These fields are optional It must meet the minimum domain password requirements Save as default password Select this check box to designate the entered password as the default Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 177 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS HAPTER Using the M
53. 5 Exchange Server 2000 Exchange Server 2003 or Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2007 with SP1 installed If running Ontrack PowerControls with Exchange Server 2007 Outlook 2003 or Outlook 2007 must be installed and configured Ontrack PowerControls is designed to run from a Microsoft Windows workstation and uses native Microsoft Messaging APIs MAPI to communicate to the Exchange Server ensuring reliable and consistent operation of your server For MAPI to initialize properly Microsoft Outlook must be installed and configured on the workstation to connect to an Exchange Server When connecting to an Exchange Server 2007 or 2007 with SP1 Microsoft Outlook 2003 or Outlook 2007 must be installed and configured While Ontrack PowerControls is designed to run from a Microsoft Windows workstation Exchange Server 2007 installation configuration is supported If running Ontrack PowerControls on Exchange Server 2007 Microsoft Outlook 2003 or Outlook 2007 must be installed and configured on the Exchange Server Ontrack PowerControls does not support other Exchange Server installation configurations Mailbox Creation Wizard To use Mailbox Creation Wizard on your computer you need these minimum software requirements Exchange Server Software Required Prerequisites Exchange 2000 Exchange 2000 Windows 2000 Administrative Tools Management Tools Exchange 2003 Exchange 2003 Internet Information Server IIS a Windows Server
54. Continue without logs Do not show this message again Caji aa Figure 4 10 If log files are missing an error message will display Data Wizard Completing the Data Wizard On the last page of the Data Wizard click Finish This page of the Data Wizard lists the Source file results and the Target file results Data Wizard Completing the Data Wizard Source File Results PST File was loaded with successful results Target File Results PST File was loaded with successful results Figure 4 11 Last page of the Data Wizard 162 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Running the Data Wizard Looking at the Main Window after Using the Data Wizard In the Ontrack PowerControls main window the Source and Target panes now contain a Source EDB file PST file CAS Target PST file a Target Exchange Server or Target CAS Source C Documents and Setti Sources Source C Documents and Setting Sources Source C Documents and Se Al B Sources Source 1 privi edb Source 2 Personal Folders a Source 1 11 15step3 Source 2 Personal Folders Source 3 PUB EDB 4 T RA Profile1 Completed E Calendar 0001 7 Comple C8 Contacts H A 1 8 Profie2 7 Deleted Items 8 4 10 32 33 AM 17 EA Drafts 42 Source pane for a CAS file H Inbox 4 3 RE 5 Journal 24 4 4 Notes H E 4 0 5 D Outbox H E 4 0 8 EJ Sent Items as T
55. Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Figure 2 50 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 80 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start Backup Exec Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different comp
56. Do one of the following On the File menu click Close Store Right click the selection and on the context menu click Close Store To close all Sources 1 In the Source pane right click the Sources root node 2 On the context menu click Close All Stores To close a Target 1 In the Target pane select a PST file Exchange database or CAS file 2 Do one of the following On the File menu click Close Store Right click the selection and on the context menu click Close Store Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 175 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS HAPTER Using the Mailbox Creation Wizard Deleting Items in the Target Pane Using the Delete key to remove an item e g folder message from the Ontrack PowerControls Target pane permanently deletes the item similar to using Shift Delete in Microsoft Outlook Note Messages within a content analysis store profile folder cannot be deleted Using the Mailbox Creation Wizard You can create new mailboxes either by using a wizard or the Copy and Paste functions Possible uses for this new function are migrating user accounts from Exchange Server 2000 to an Exchange Server 2003 or Exchange Server 2007 Target or archiving legacy data User Permission You must have the necessary Active Directory permissions to create a mailbox on the selected Exchange Server Both the user account logons and the Name field must be unique to create a new user account and mailbox If you a
57. Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Symantec Backup Exec 82 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method o 6 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups T RE Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site 1 v Org Figure 2 53 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Connection Parameters 7 Select the Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 option 8 In the Storage Groups box enter the name of the storage group you will be extracting exactly as it appears in the Exchange System Manager Backup Exec will check this name which is case sensitive and it must match exactly You can enter multiple storage groups separated by semicolons 9 Click Next 10 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location mus
58. File sse 171 Data Wizard Completing the Data Wizard seen 172 Looking at the Main Window after Using the Data Wizard 173 Returning to the Data 1 173 Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main aO de E Tea bue 174 B tore You Proceed oerte eter oe e 174 Opening Source and Target Files eene 176 Opening a Live Microsoft Exchange Server as a 179 Opening Multiple Sources and Targets seen 185 Closing Sources and Targets drei ied 185 Deleting Items in the Target Pane eese nennen 186 Using the Mailbox Creation Wizard eese rennen nennen 186 User Permission i ver ha teer rt E eR epa dedo tes EP REX 186 Creating Mailboxes inis acce aet tei Huser oe FREE E EET 186 Preference Settings iere e e Eee o E 193 Auditing scili H M 193 Chapter 5 Finding Messages 199 COVELVIEW ER T 199 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc TABLE OF CONTENTS ONTENTS Table of Contents Guidelines for Using the Find Window eese eene 1
59. Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report Figure 2 47 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 11 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start Backup Exec Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc TT CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and SettingsiMy Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 48 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can refer to the Restore to information on this page when verifying it in Symantec Backup Exec later in this section Start Symantec Backup Exec 11d on the computer you normall
60. Items Teste Engr Tasks TesteEngr E aU i Figure 7 2 The shortcut menu in the message pane reveals the Copy command 2 In the Target pane paste the messages into a folder e g Inbox in the Target PST file or Exchange Server 3 In the Copy Progress window verify that your messages were successfully copied You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Click Save to save the copy report as a text file 4 In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the Ontrack PowerControls main window Results of Restoring Messages with Copy Paste All unduplicated messages appear in the Target folder Target C Documents and Settings My Documents Mondays Files pst E Calendar C8 Contacts Exch55B Useri some cha 3 11 2003 7 Deleted Items a Microsoft Welcome to Fri 8 09 2002 3 2764 Drafts 4 GugMasRWl ou Thu 4 14 2005 T Evno4vnzaa cwoXFMdK ou Thu 4 14 2005 Evno4vfcaa PC uGdTrjadf oups Thu 4 14 2005 On Ts Evno4vvnaa WBKyDlapx ou Thu 4 14 2005 3 No bae toodd vl Evno4vv2aa PC EOPTRXZjQ ou Thu 4 14 2005 Evno4v3waaP HsOwXWelU o Thu 4 14 2005 ou Eg Per Delete DEL Evno4vv2aa PC sFhvbfmiD oup Thu 4 14 2005 E Ser Rename Ctri R Tas Folder Ctri N AM ean A l
61. J Deleted Items 7 Deleted Items H Inbox 24 Folder 1 EA Drafts Journal Folder 10 4 Evno4v30aa Notes Inbox H Outbox Target pane with PST A Deleted Items 891 6 Personal Folders files EA Folder 1 H E Sent Items Target pane with CAS files Target pane with Exchange Server Figure 3 4 Target panes with PST CAS and Exchange Server files Target Message List Restored Messages The Target message list displays the message items in the Outlook folder that you selected in the Target pane If the Target is a newly created PST file or CAS the Outlook folders and message list will be empty If the Target is an existing PST file CAS file or Exchange Server or if you have restored message items to a newly created PST file you can select a folder in the Target pane to display messages in the Target message list STM User 1 Fri 7 12 2002 4 STM User 1 Fw Specials from W Fri 7 12 2002 4 STMUseri webpage Fri 7 12 2002 4 STMUser2 Re webpage Fri 7 12 2002 4 QO STMUseri with stationary Fri 7 12 2002 4 Figure 3 5 Target Message List Displaying Restored Messages The Target message list displays metadata about the message items in five columns instead of six columns in the Source message list The metadata includes file type attachments if any message sender Subject and Create Date The Sent Items folder also displays the To column For more information on the message li
62. Knowledge Base article XADM How to Use Microsoft NT Backup from a Non Exchange 2000 Computer http support microsoft com kbid 275876 For information on related topics refer to these Microsoft Knowledge Base articles XADM Troubleshooting a Remote Online Backup of Exchange 2000 http support microsoft com kbid 275676 XADM Files Needed to Perform Exchange NT Backup on Workstation http support microsoft com kbid 18 1445 Exchange Emulation for NT Backup Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 on Windows 2000 XP 2003 1 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data Type REG_EXPAND_SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 53 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method My Computer Data GG HKEY CLASSES ab Default value not set EE HKEY LOCAL MACHINE EZ HARDWARE iC SA
63. Look in MyDocuments e c E Requirements E IntegrityCheckReport txt E Saved Se Profile1 E keywords txt E Test Sear Retrospectives My Profile Criteria txt sent Items My Search criteria txt 2 File name Profile Criteria txt Files of type Profile Folder Criteria File xt Cancel 2 Figure 10 14 The Open window allows you to select previous saved criteria to use in a new profile 3 Click Open All previously saved profile criteria except for the Profile Name reads from the file and is placed into the Create Profile fields 4 Enter a new Profile Name Note Search criteria from previous and current versions of Ontrack PowerControls can be imported into Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 for find and profile criteria Suspending and Resuming Content Analysis Store Profile Folders You can pause the processing of one or more profile criteria folders and then resume processing at a later time Suspended profile folders are red in color and then turn to green when processing is resumed The folder then turns to blue when processing is complete For more information see Profile Processing Statuses on page 251 Important Processing of all profiles is suspended automatically if you exit Ontrack PowerControls or if you close the content analysis store before processing is complete Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 253 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE HAPTER Creating a C
64. Media tab and verify the required media is available 22 Click Restore The Start Restore Session window appears 23 Do one of the following Click Next to specify options on Report level and Network load and then click Finish Click Finish 24 When HP OpenView Storage Data Protector says it has finished close the program 25 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Symantec Backup Exec 8 6 and 9 1 10 1 11d Exchange Emulation for Symantec Backup Exec 9 1 10 1 and Exchange Server 2000 2003 1 Install Backup Exec Remote Agent for Windows Servers client software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory e Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data Type REG_EXPAND_SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value My Computer Name Type Data H E HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
65. NetBackup client on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the File menu click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type For NetBackup 4 5 click Specify NetBackup Machines Server to use for backups and restores vbackupeo Edit Server List Source dient for restores or virtual client for backups EE chen Destination dient for restores target Policy type for restores Ms Exchange Server Y Figure 2 77 Specify client and policy type In the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type window click the Client Policy Type tab Under Client List select the Exchange client you wish to restore from and make it the current client Click OK On the toolbar click Select for Restore and then select the Exchange backup you wish to restore On the Actions menu click Start Restore of Marked Files In the Restore Marked Files window click Start Restore When NetBackup has finished click OK and close NetBackup In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Veritas NetBackup 6 0 and Exchange Server 2000 2003 1 Install NetBackup client software for Windows on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Allow the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to restore backups created by the Exchange Server client Follow the instructions for allowing redirected restores in
66. Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard supports different backup software with Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Agents If you need to purchase agents click About About Click Next to begin KROLL ONTRACK Figure 1 1 Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Welcome Page 2 Optional To change the location of the license file click About and then click License Info Under License File Name specify a new location The license file controls which Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard agents are active For more information see Enabling the Licensed Agents on page 9 3 Click Next Method of Extraction The second page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard offers two methods of extracting backed up Exchange data Direct Method on page 19 and Advanced Method on page 19 18 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard o Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the so
67. Ontrack Inc 119 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 1 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli dll is in the system path The easiest way to ensure this is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 3 Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery v ome Der 9o ow Figure 2 99 Selecting CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 5 Click Nex
68. Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 or windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data REG EXPAND SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value My Computer Type Data m HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT PEGS 19 20 HKEY_CURRENT_USER BBlesebcii2 REG EXPAND 5z C windows system32 esebcli2 dll 21 05 HKEY LOCAL MACHINE b 9 0 HARDWARE a sam security m SOFTWARE 5 0 system H E Controlseto01 m Centrolseton2 5 03 CurrentControlSet E Eg Control 5 03 BackupRestore amem 4 gt 4 gt j Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentContralSet Contral BackupRestore DLLPaths 7 Figure 2 103 Example of Setting the Registry Key 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 3 Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and UltraBac 124 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll On
69. PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 3 Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and CA ARCserve Backup Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup CA BrightStor ARCserve Figure 2 64 Selecting CA ARCserve Backup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 5 Click Next On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 option Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 93 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method 7 10 Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager C Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage G
70. Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server You must have sufficient access rights to all of the Exchange mailboxes you are trying to restore messages to Keep in mind that you can connect to only one mailbox at a time Restoring Messages to Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 In Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 the permission that controls whether or not any mailbox can be copied to is Full Mailbox Access You must have Full Mailbox Access set to Allow in order to copy to a mailbox other than the one you logged in under Restoring Messages to Exchange Server 5 5 In Exchange Server 5 5 the account you are logged in under needs an Exchange Service Account Administrator rights or role As long as you copy this role to your account you can restore messages to any mailbox About the Copy Progress Window Each time you attempt to restore messages to the Target pane the Copy Progress window appears This window displays the following information about the copy operation Time of copy operation Number of messages associated messages and folders Errors if any Mailboxes that Ontrack PowerControls connected to or failed to connect to when copying to an Exchange Server Copy results Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 211 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA AER Quick Look at Restoring Your Exchange Data Copy Progress Copying Total number of folders to be processed 1 All folders successfully copied Copy finished on 1
71. Sent from Sent to Created Date after Y Created Date before Y Figure 10 7 The Create Profile Folder window is used to enter profile criteria 4 Click OK Ontrack PowerControls indicates that a profile is processing when the color of the profile folder is green and its status states Processing When the profile is selected the status shown in the status bar at the lower left of the main window indicates that the profile is processing For more information see Profile Processing Statuses on page 251 5 When the processing for a profile is complete the color of the profile icon changes from green to blue and its status states Completed All messages from the content analysis store EDBs that match the criteria are contained in the profile folder Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 249 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE HAPTER Creating a Content Analysis Store Note A content analysis store cannot be opened as a Source until all profile processing has completed Target C Documents and Settings Desktop PC Test Data CAS Files Datawizard 11 15ste 1 ssteps n mem Ee Profie 1 Completed HEETE System Admin Undeliverable 2 03 2004 1 RA Profile2 Completed System Admin Undeliverable 2 03 2004 1 ci XQ Personal Folders SYSCHECKGc LEASE COI Tue 2 03 2004 1 ger SYSCHECKGc LEASE COI 2 03 2004 1 E eae SYSCHECKGc LEASE COI Tue 2
72. Storage EXCH First Storage If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files 4 Total Size 25 186 304 Bytes Save Catalog File Browse e e Figure 1 7 Extracting a full online disk backup Microsoft NT Backup e Example 2 Extracting a Full Online Disk Backup CA ARCserve Backup A CA ARCserve backup to disk can contain only one backup set and volume The backup set lists the session day and time e g 8 29 2003 10 32 AM Each volume lists the machine name and volume name e g Exch First Storage Group 26 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk Date 8 29 2003 10 32 AM 8 29 2003 10 32 AM 8 29 2003 10 32 AM 8 29 2003 10 32 AM 8 29 2003 10 32 AM Size 55 01 MB 4 00 MB 12 01 MB 2 00 MB 5 00 MB Exchange Information Store File exchclean edb 8 29 2003 10 32 AM EXCH Second Storage exchclean stm Priv2 edb Priv2 stm v 0100037 1og If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files 5 Save Catalog File
73. THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method 12 13 20 21 Make sure CA ARCserve Backup Client Agent for Windows software and Backup Agent for Microsoft Exchange software are installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard If you have already installed the Backup Agent for Exchange Server 2000 2003 and you wish to emulate Exchange Server 5 5 you must do one of the following Option 1 Reinstall the Backup Agent for Microsoft Exchange with Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard running the correct emulation type Option 2 Manually edit the registry setting for the CA ARCserve Backup Exchange client Make sure the following key exists HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE ComputerAssociates BrightStor ARCserve Backup DSA gent CurrentVersion agent dbaexch In this key make sure the REG_DWORD value isExch2000 does not exist Important Note If REG_DWORD value isExch2000 exists delete it Start CA ARCserve Backup on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The CA ARCserve Backup window appears On the Quick Start menu click Restore A Server tree appears in the Source tab Select the Exchange backup you want to restore Note You cannot restore the Directory Click the Destination tab Deselect the Restore files to their original lo
74. To view a message within the Attachment Table View right click a message point to Message Views and select one of the following options Message Table View Attachment Table View Conversation View 4 Any message in the Attachment Table View can be opened by double clicking the message in the table Conversation View Choosing the Conversation View option displays the messages that are related by conversation showing the Message Type Attachment From To Subject Folder Date and Status including indicating if message has been deleted Messages are indented to show the chain of replies and forwards Example If a user composes and sends Email 1 to another user and that user sends Email 2 a reply to Email 1 then Email I has no indention and Email 2 is indented one level If the first user then replies to Email 2 with Email 3 then Email 3 is indented two levels Note Only conversation threads within the same EDB can be viewed in the Conversation View Messages within inaccessible mailboxes cannot be viewed in the Conversation View To open a Conversation View 1 In the message pane select a message 2 Do one of the following to display the Conversation View e Click the Conversation View icon j on the toolbar Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 269 11 MESSAGE VIEWS HAPTER Message View Options Right click a message and point to Message Views then click Conversation View Click the Tools me
75. Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 66 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 11 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start CA ARCserve Backup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 67 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to and Log file path information on this page and paste it into CA ARCserve Backup when prompted later in this section Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 95 CHAPTER 2 USING
76. Updating Ontrack PowerControls Kroll Ontrack periodically improves Ontrack PowerControls adding features making changes based on customer requests and fixing problems When these updates also known as patches are available to you EasyUpdate can download and install them in minutes If there are multiple components for updating EasyUpdate provides you with a list of options you can update everything or select a subset of options We recommend running EasyUpdate as soon as you purchase and install Ontrack PowerControls just in case there is a program patch that was not included with your version To run EasyUpdate 1 Do one of the following In Ontrack PowerControls On the Help menu click EasyUpdate n Windows Click Start and then point to Programs Point to Kroll Ontrack point to Ontrack PowerControls and then click EasyUpdate 2 Follow the on screen instructions Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 13 l INTRODUCTION NTRODUCTION Upgrading Ontrack PowerControls Upgrading Ontrack PowerControls If Ontrack PowerControls 4 2 has been previously installed is active and you are upgrading to Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 you will not be able to reuse the existing Ontrack PowerControls 4 2 license file with Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Getting Help Online Help Kroll Ontrack provides you with the following ways to get help with Ontrack PowerControls Online Help and Technical Support Online
77. a search Message Views Any message items in an inaccessible mailbox are not displayed in an Conversation Table View or an Attachment Table View CAS asa Target Only accessible mailbox messages in the EDB Source are processed when populating a CAS profile Exporting Inaccessible mailboxes cannot be exported Copying Inaccessible mailboxes cannot be copied Integrity Checking Inaccessible mailboxes cannot have an Integrity Check performed on them Properties An inaccessible mailbox s properties cannot be viewed Reports Reports cannot be generated for inaccessible mailboxes 164 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window Connection Interruption If errors are encountered that interrupt the communication between Ontrack PowerControls and the Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server an error is displayed You can choose to retry the failed communication attempt If the error is transient e g a temporary network failure and has been addressed retrying allows Ontrack PowerControls to continue Server communication problem Server BICDEV 2K3 VM 4n exception occurred while communicating with the server Do you want to try again Yes No Figure 4 14 Server communication problem error message If you click No a further error is displayed and Ontrack PowerControls closes when OK is clicked
78. and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 36 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can refer to the Restore to and Log file path information on this page when verifying it in HP OpenView Storage Data Protector later in this section Start HP OpenView Storage Data Protector on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Select Restore from the drop down list at the top left of the window In the left pane expand the MS Exchange 2000 Server tree node and select the appropriate Exchange Server In the right pane click the Source tab and then select the Exchange backup you want to restore In the right pane click the Options tab Select the Restore to another client check box Select the name of the Restore Target Computer from the drop down menu See previous step 8 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard In the Directory for temporary log files box enter the log file path See previous step 8 to verify that you are using the Log file path value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Do not select the Last resort set start recovery
79. and pasting 227 create a mailbox wizard 186 create a new single mailbox Copy 189 Create a New Target PST command 177 Create Content Analysis File dialog box 171 create mailboxes 186 create multiple mailboxes Copy 190 Create New Mail Folder dialog box 226 creating content analysis store profile folders 264 creating a content analysis store 262 creating a new folder in the Target pane 226 creating reports content analysis store 275 D Data Wizard 289 Completing the Data Wizard 172 Now Processing Data File 171 opening a Target content analy sis store 263 returning to 173 Source Path Selection 165 Target Type and Path Selection 167 Welcome page 165 deleting a folder in the Target pane 227 deleting profile 272 disabled user accounts 186 displaying a message in the preview pane 150 dragging and dropping 227 E Easy Update See also updating On track PowerControls EDB 289 searching for messages 200 EDB file exporting 216 guidelines for selecting 166 in Source pane 144 restoring a folder 234 restoring a mailbox 236 restoring an entire EDB file 237 restoring in three easy steps 223 restoring messages with Copy Paste 228 restoring messages with Paste Special 229 restoring to an Exchange Server 225 editing a profile 272 EIS 290 embedded messages searching 202 203 enabling licensing agent for 9 Enter Password dialog box 169 170 178 Exchange database 290 guidelines for selecting 166 Exchange Database See al
80. backup Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk v Catalog Exchange Information Store File Size Date v 3 2 2003 8 18 AM EO100048 log 5 00MB 9 2 2003 9 21 AM EXCH Second Storage E010004C log 5 00MB 9 2 2003 9 21 v 3 2 2003 8 43 AM EQ10004D log 5 00MB 9 2 2003 9 21 AM i Storage E010004E log 5 00MB 9 2 2003 9 21 AM EXCH Second Storage 9 9 2 2003 9 21 If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files 23 Total Size 124 801 024 Bytes Save ExtractWizard Catalog File Browse mm Figure 1 11 Extracting the full online plus every incremental backup to disk Microsoft NT Backup 28 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard ee o To extract the last full online and last differential backup On the Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select all of the files e g edb log stm pat from the last full online normal backup plus the log files from the last differential backup Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk Catalog Excha
81. boxes Then type or select the part of the date you want to change Created Dated after Searches for documents created on or after the selected date Created Dated before Searches for documents created on or before the selected date When you have finished specifying search criteria click Find Now The results of your search appear in the message item list To preview the message items returned by the search click the Preview check box 188 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc FINDING MESSAGES Searching Sources A Find in Source File Edit Tools Search in folder Multiple Sources Selected Browse Sto Search in results Previous Search for words Edudewords iti lt lt OW Clear Fields Clear Results Search in MessageSubject Attachment File Name s Message Body Attachment Text Help Sent from Sent to Preview Created Date after 8 20 2007 Created Date before 8120 2007 Save Report Results lro Subject CreateDate Folder TYFbSrxvQ opf 8 22 2005 publ edbiPcyx wiLITZkOMs opf Mon 8 22 2005 edbyPcyx jeizwHFlw opf2 Mon 8 22 2005 pubi edbiPCVx DINER ARs s ma annann aba gt Subject TYFbSrXvQ opfik msg 1k Message I m using Word to determine exactly feeling piawe really do have 1k text Um actually that s
82. can copy the Log file path information on this page and paste it into NetBackup when prompted later in this section 114 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Start the NetBackup client on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the File menu click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type Server to use for backups and restores vbackupso Edit Server List Source dient for restores or virtual client for backups _Edtchentust Destination client for restores Policy type for restores Ms Exchange Server Y Figure 2 93 Specify client and policy type In the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type window locate the Source client for restores or virtual client for backups drop down and select the Exchange client you wish to restore from and make it the current client In the Policy type for restores drop down change the default to MS Exchange Server Click OK On the toolbar click Select for Restore and then select the Exchange backup you wish to restore On the Actions menu click Start Restore of Marked Files The Restore Marked Files appears In the Restore Marked Files window General tab select the Restore everything to its original location option Click Start Resto
83. es in a live Exchange Server using the Data Wizard 1 Open the Data Wizard by doing one of the following Onthe File menu click Use Wizard Press Ctrl W 2 Click Next and then Skip to reach the Target Type amp Path Selection page Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 171 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS IES Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window Data Wizard Target Type amp Path Selection Please select the type and path of the target file you will be using as your container for the restored data Please select the type of target you wish to open The targetis where you plan to copy messages to and may be a PST file Content Analysis Store or alive Exchange server Select Target C PST File Connect To Exchange Server Single Mailbox C Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes C Content Analysis Store Target Exchange Server Mailbox Name pc X Server Name 2000 Connect To Public Folders Skip Cancel Figure 4 23 Connect To Exchange Server using the Data Wizard 3 Select Connect To Exchange Server Single Mailbox or Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes 4 Do one of the following For Single Mailbox using the drop down arrows select the correct Mailbox Name and Server Name For All Mailboxes using the drop down arrows select the Domain Controller and Server Name 5 Select or deselect Connect To Public Folders as desir
84. folder of the data store Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 233 CHAPTER 8 USING THE COMMAND LINE Examples of Using the Command Line Example 9 Export Profile2 from source cas as text to c export powercontrols export r f txt o c out3 txt c source cas Profile2 c export lt Operation gt Explanation export perform a export operation Operation options Explanation r export subfolders f txt messages will be exported as txt o c out3 txt export report file name lt Source Store gt Explanation c source cas path to the Content Analysis Store file name lt Source Folder Path gt Explanation Profile2 source folder to copy lt Target Store gt Explanation NA target data store lt Target Folder Path gt Explanation c export Root folder of the export 234 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 9 REPORTING Overview This section shows you how to create reports view the statistics in the generated reports and save the reports as either tab delimited or comma delimited text files Any data store opened as a Source can be the Source of a report Creating Reports You can generate reports on an EDB PST or CAS Source data store in Ontrack PowerControls The reports contain statistics about the data store such as sizes and counts for attachments and messages and
85. in User3 s Sent Items and one in User4 s Inbox as long as they are all in the same EDB As in the Message Table View the Attachment Table View shows the related messages in a report format with Message Type Attachment From To Subject Folder Date and Status including indicating if message has been deleted Note Only messages with attachments can be viewed in the Attachment Table View Only attachments within the same EDB can be viewed in the Attachment Table View Attachments within inaccessible mailboxes cannot be viewed in the Attachment Table View To open the Attachment Table View 1 In the message pane select a message 2 Do one of the following to display the Attachment Table View e Click the Attachment Table View icon on the toolbar Right click a message and point to Message Views then click Attachment Table View Click the Tools menu point to Message Views then click Attachment Table View Note The first time opening a view in this EDB a message appears stating that a Message View file needs to generated 268 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc MESSAGE VIEWS Message View Options ee o Attachment Table View Welcome to Microsoft Outlook 20 DER File Edit Tools exc hange gif w 10 ro Subject Folder ag i Microsoft Outl Welcome to Mi privl edb Ad 1 Message Item s Figure 11 7 The Attachment Table View displays messages with attachments 3
86. installed make sure the MS Exchange 2000 Integration component has been included in the installation po Properties for r 1t singlemailbox com HP OpenView Storage Data Protector Manager D x Ele Edit Actions Help Cents 7 5 27 Data Protector Cell General Security Advanced E ic Clients E pc singlemailbox Em Client System g p singlemailbox E gi vhp sinalemailbox cor 7 H E Installation Servers Name r 1t singlemailbox com Patches 8 MS Clusters Platform microsoft i386 wNT 5 0 5 Installed components Disk Agent 4 05 10 Media Agent 4 05 10 User Interface 4 05 10 MS Exchange 5 x Integration 4 05 10 MS Exchange 2000 Integration 4 05 10 MS Single Mailbox Integration 4 05 10 Objects 1 b Properties for ritsinglemailbox com E GB vhp singlemailbox com 2 Figure 2 31 Properties Window for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector 2 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 or windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data REG EXPAND SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll N
87. ke EE ES 236 Restoring an EDB File eiie eet mnt 237 Restoring to Pubhc Folders tetro rettet eoa et reto be eae eva 238 Chapter 8 Using the Command Line 241 241 Command Line Syntax conce tice beet dede teda lee EE ie Pr eden Erba 241 Examples of Using the Command Line eene 243 Chapter 9 Reporting 251 C 251 Creating Reports neos edel im ee desine edunt 251 Viewing eerie ETE REESE eden 254 Single Instance Storage SIS vs Cumulative Counts ees 254 Attachment Statistics Report nne ren rennen nnne 255 Domain Statistics Report inni irre rre edv Ree px 255 Messages by Database nennen nennen nennen 256 Messages by Mailbox Report 257 Messages by Date Report terere dete teo ER n ii 258 Messages by Profile 1 259 Sorting 259 Saving Repotts eite tette toe aep rn deed Ee e adeo tuae 260 Chapter 10 Content Analysis Store 261 CI 2
88. may be generated per attachment type domain mailbox database and date The Mailbox and Date reports are available for Priv EDB data Sources only Note Only accessible mailboxes can generate a report To create one or more reports 1 In the Source pane select an EDB PST or CAS data Source 2 On the Tools menu click Create Reports The Create Reports window appears e Ifyou selected a Priv EDB as the Source for the report the list pane displays all mailboxes in the EDB Ifyou selected a PST or Pub EDB as the Source the list pane displays all folders immediately under the root of the PST or Pub EDB Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 235 CHAPTER 9 REPORTING Creating Reports Create Reports Select folders to include in reports Calendar Contacts Deleted Items Drafts Inbox MW Journal Junk E mail Notes Outbox Sent Items Sync Issues Tasks Select All Deselect All Create Reports Select profile folders to include in reports Promeroders 3 Do one of the following Reports Attachment Statistics Domain Statistics Messages by Database is On or before Group statistics by Message Options mw Figure 9 1 The Create Reports window r Reports Attachment Statistics Domain Statistics IV Messages by Database V Messages by Profile Folder Messages by Date Include messages with a received date in the range
89. not going to work Word s character count surely doesn t include nce that we really do have 1k text Um actually thats not gocount surely doethis message so that can say with 100 spaces which unfortunnd spaces by hand Ha I m tired of typing 88 Search Complete 813 Message Item s Matched Criteria Figure 5 3 Find window with results and message pane Searching Embedded Message Items You can search multiple levels of embedded message items in Ontrack PowerControls Note Searching attachments email and non email is available only when the Ontrack PowerControls Agent for Advanced Searching is enabled See Enabling the Licensed Agents on page 9 To search embedded message items 1 Perform steps 1 through 6 in Searching Sources on page 186 2 For Search in click Attachment Text 3 Continue with step 8 in the Searching Sources process Searching Within Results The Search in results option lets you refine the search process using the previous search results Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 189 E FINDING MESSAGES HAPTER Searching Sources To search within results 1 To make the Search in results option available you must perform at least one search 2 Modify the search criteria as desired For information on specifying search criteria see Searching Sources on page 186 3 Select the Search in results option at the top left of the Find in Source window Click Find Now The results
90. of 148 918 272 Bytes Reading Figure 2 15 Exchange Information Store Copy Progress 14 Optional Click Cancel only if you want to stop the process The file currently being extracted will be deleted but you can access any files that have completed extraction The last page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard displays all of the files that were successfully extracted Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Finished All files were successfully extracted Extract started on 11 7 2007 at 4 48 43 PM Extract finished on 11 7 2007 at 4 49 04 PM Elapsed time OOh 00m 21s Extracted 148 918 272 Bytes of 148 918 272 Bytes Successful files C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 KROLL ONTRACK gt lt Back Exit Figure 2 16 Finished window for Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 15 If you are satisfied with the results click Finish Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 51 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 16 If you extracted multiple data sets see Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls on page 35 Using the Exchange Emulation Method The Exchange Emulation method of extra
91. of your new search appear in the message item list 5 To preview the message items returned by the search click the Preview check box A Find in Source File Edit Tools Search in folder Multiple Sources Selected Browse Find Now C Search in results Search for words Exclude words Clear Fields Clear Results Search in MessageSubject Attachment File Name s Message Body Attachment Text Help Sent from Sent ta Preview Created Date after 20 2007 Created Date before g 2007 Save Report Results BIO From r 1 sujet Create Date z 1 TYFbSr pub1 edbi IPUI Mar 1 nubi adhinruv wiLITZkOMs opf 8 22 2005 1 pubi edb Pcyx KA lt From To Subject TYFbSrXvQ opf1k msg 1k Message I m using Word to determine exactly feeling pice really do have 1k text Um actually that s not going to work Word s character count surely doesn t include nce that we really do have 1k text Um actually that s not gocount surely doethis message so that can say with 100 spaces which unfortunnd spaces by hand Ha I m tired of typing 88 Search Complete 813 Message Item s Matched Criteria Figure 5 4 Checking the Preview option adds a message Preview pane ViEWING PREVIOUS SEARCH RESULTS You can click the Previous button multiple times to return to any previous search criteria and search results This button becomes unavailable when
92. pasted to the designated location 3 Inthe Copy Progress window click Print to print the progress report Save to save the progress report to your hard drive or Close to close the window 192 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc FINDING MESSAGES Searching Microsoft Exchange Server Target o CUTTING AND DELETING MESSAGE ITEMS The Target search results has two new actions cutting message items and deleting message items which are only available in the Target search results window Cutting Message Items Cutting a message item moves the item from the original location to a given target Deleting Message Items Deleting a message item in the search results works in a similar manner as deleting message items from the main Target list When you delete message items from the search results list they are also deleted from the main Target list if the same message item is currently displayed Note You cannot delete message items from the main Target list if the Find in Exchange Target window is open Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 193 5 FINDING MESSAGES HAPTER Saving and Using Search Profiles Saving and Using Search Profiles 6609060600060060060060600600060000606000060006000600606000600600060060000006060000606000000000000000000090009999 Ontrack PowerControls allows you to save search criteria to a text file for the purpose of using the search criteria in future searches There are two menu
93. software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 58 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to information on this page and paste it into Backup Exec when prompted later in this section Start Symantec Backup Exec on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click Restore at the top left of the Backup Exec window The Restore Job Properties window appears In the Restore Job Properties window click the Selections tab In the All Volumes tree select the Exchange backup you want to restore Note You cannot restore the Microsoft Exchange Directory Click the Redirection tab Select the Redirect Exchange sets check box In the Restore to server box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer See previous step 8 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Select the Exchange tab In the Exchange v5 5 area deselect the No Loss Restore check box Important If the No Loss Restore c
94. the Exchange 2000 area deselect the No Loss Restore check box Important If the No Loss Restore check box is selected the restore will fail In the Temporary location for log and path files box enter the log file path See previous step 9 to verify that you are using the Log file path value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Deselect the Commit after restore completes check box Caution Make sure to deselect the Commit after restore completes check box If this check box remains selected Backup Exec will automatically delete the restored files after completing the restore Click Run Now Backup Exec will display a warning about restoring a server with different Site and Organization names You can safely click Yes Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard and Ontrack PowerControls do not depend on the Site and Organization names Backup Exec will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard When Backup Exec has finished click OK and close Backup Exec In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Symantec Backup Exec 8 6 and Exchange Server 5 5 1 Install Backup Exec Remote Agent for Windows Servers client software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli dll is in the system path The
95. the Source EDB file Therefore make sure you enter the correct log file path in the Log File Path box Inthe Temporary File Path box accept the default location for idx and dat files or specify a new location if they require more hard drive space For more information see Guidelines for Selecting an Exchange Database on page 156 156 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Running the Data Wizard Data Wizard Source Path Selection Please browse for the EDB or PST file you will be using as your source Click the Browse button to find the correct source file to open using this wizard If you would not like to open a source file at this time click the Skip button to move on to your next selection Source File edb pst cas oo o A Browse Log File Path 109 pat chk v Browse i Temporary File Path idx dat 1 C DOCUME 1 LOCALS 1 Temp v Browse Se E Figure 4 5 Browse to the EDB or PST file to use as Source 5 Click Next Guidelines for Selecting an Exchange Database 1 For the best results when using an online incremental or differential backup Put the edb stm and pat files in one directory Put the associated log files e g log chk in one directory Note The two directories can be different Note Ontrack PowerControls does not require stm or log files but you should include them to ens
96. the system path The easiest way to ensure this is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is known as the Restore Target Computer Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and HP OpenView Storage Data Protector 68 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup HP OpenView Storage Data Protector Figure 2 37 Selecting HP OpenView Storage Data Protector in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 6 Click Next 7 On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 op
97. this section 122 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method 10 Do one of the following For CommVault Galaxy 5 9 Make sure iDA for Windows File Systems software and iDA for Exchange Database software are installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard For CommVault Galaxy 5 0 Make sure CommVault Systems File System iDataAgent software and CommVault Systems Exchange Database iDataAgent software are installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Note You must run Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard in Advanced mode while running the CommVault installer e CommVault Galaxy will not install the Exchange agent onto a non server OS The Exchange agent is required for Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to work 1 If you have already installed the Exchange Database iDataAgent for Exchange Server 2000 2003 and you wish to emulate Exchange Server 5 5 you must reinstall the Exchange Database iDataAgent with Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard running the correct emulation type That is the Exchange Server 5 5 option must be selected on the Connection Parameters page 12 Start CommCell Console on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The CommCell Console window appe
98. user s attention to information of special importance or information that can t otherwise be suitably presented in the main text Note indicates neutral or positive information that emphasizes or supplements important points of the main text A note supplies information that may apply only in special cases for example memory limitations equipment configurations or details that apply to specific versions of a program Tip helps users apply the techniques and procedures described in the text to their specific needs A tip suggests alternative methods that may not be obvious and helps users understand the benefits and capabilities of the product A tip is not essential to the basic understanding of the text Important provides information essential to the completion of a task Users can disregard information in a note and still complete a task but they should not disregard an important note Caution advises users that failure to take or avoid a specified action could result in loss of data 1 The information in this section is taken from the Microsoft Manual of Style for Technical Publications 3rd Edition Redmond WA Microsoft Press 2002 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 15 INTRODUCTION NTRODUCTION Conventions in this Manual 16 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 1 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Overview If you have not yet extracted backed up Exchange Information Store data try using Ontrac
99. you must do one of the following Option 1 Reinstall the Backup Agent for Microsoft Exchange with Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard running the correct emulation type Option 2 Manually edit the registry setting for the CA ARCserve Exchange client Make sure the following key exists HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE ComputerAssociates BrightStor ARCserve Backup DSA gent CurrentVersion agent dbaexch In this key make sure the REG_DWORD value isExch2000 exists with a value of 1 14 Start CA ARCserve Backup on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The CA ARCserve Backup window appears 15 On the Quick Start menu click Restore A Server tree appears in the Source tab 16 In the Source tab select the Exchange backup you want to restore 17 Right click the storage group you want to restore and click Backup Agent Option The Backup Agent Restore Options window appears Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 91 CHAPTER 2 18 19 20 2 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method In the Temporary location for log and path files box enter the log file path See previous step 10 to verify that you are using the Log file path value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls Ext
100. 0 19 2006 at 10 57 AM lt Copy Finished 00h 00m 00s GEI ELS D C ELE DI C EL E D C E EE C C CT EE GI E E DD C EL Print Save Figure 7 1 Copy Progress Window Important Viewing the copy results in Copy Progress window is especially important when attempting to restore multiple mailboxes to an Exchange Server root node That is because Ontrack PowerControls displays only one mailbox at a time in the Target pane therefore the only way you will know if all of the mailboxes were successfully copied to the Exchange Server will be to look at the copy results listed in this window If you do not have full access rights to the mailboxes you are trying to restore messages to Ontrack PowerControls will be unable to connect to the mailboxes For more information see About Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server on page 211 Creating Renaming and Deleting Folders in the Target Pane The Target pane has folders in which you can place your restored messages However you may wish to create new folders for your messages You can also rename or delete any folder in the Target pane To create a new folder in the Target pane 1 In the Target pane select a folder a PST root node or an Exchange mailbox 2 Do one of the following Onthe Edit menu click New Folder Right click and on the shortcut menu click New Folder e Press Ctrl N 3 In the Create New Mail Folder window name the folder and click OK A subfolder is created
101. 00690900060060000600900000600000600000000000000000009009999 Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard requires that the tape drive be configured and active in the Device Manager Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard works best with Windows drivers supplied directly from the manufacturer of the tape drive hardware If Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is installed on your backup server make sure the services for the backup software are disabled Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 17 1 USING THE POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard steps you through the extracting process of both private and public Exchange Information Store data from tape and disk backups to any alternate location Welcome Page 1 Click Start and then point to Programs Point to Kroll Ontrack point to Ontrack PowerControls and then click Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The first page describes the wizard Welcome to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard WELCOME This wizard will help you extract an Exchange Information store from a backup set This backup set may reside on a backup tape or on disk in the form of a backup file Once extracted you can load the data into Ontrack PowerControls and restore mailboxes folders and emails to a running Exchange Server or to a local Personal Data Store file pst
102. 07 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 183 CHAPTER USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS 184 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 5 FINDING MESSAGES Overview The Find in Source window lets you search a Source EDB PST or CAS file for message items that are defined by such criteria as keywords message senders and recipients and message creation dates In addition this window lets you define the scope of your search an EDB PST or CAS file one or more mailboxes or folders e g Inbox dates or even previous search results The Find in Exchange Server Target window adds the ability to search a live Exchange Server Target and perform actions on the search results Guidelines for Using the Find Window The Find Now button only becomes available if at least one of the following conditions is met At least one Search in check box is selected The Sent from or Sent to box contains at least one character The Created Dated after or Created Dated before check box is selected Each Search in check box that you select is run as a separate query and the results of the query are combined i e OR d together For example if you enter solution in the Search for words box and then select the Message Subject and Message Body check boxes Ontrack PowerControls will return message items that contain solution in either the message subject or message body If you select one or more Search in check boxes but specify no addit
103. 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the API Method ee o Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 6 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 14 Under Destination Folder specify a location for the extracted files 15 Click Next The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard verifies that you have enough disk space as well as access rights to create files and directories and then begins to extract the Exchange Information Store files you have selected The Exchange Information Store Copy Progress page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard shows the progress of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard extracting the Exchange Information Store data to the destination folder This process may take some time Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 43 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD HAPTER Using the Method Exchange Information Store Copy Progress Please wait while the Exchange Information Store files are copied to the destination Processing MExtra
104. 1First Storage publ stm 2 00 MB 4 13 2006 1 50 PM E0001FDB log 5 00 MB 4 13 2006 1 50 PM If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files 3 Total Size 148 918 272 Bytes Save Catalog File Browse Back Exit Help Figure 1 13 Extracting a full offline disk backup Microsoft NT Backup About Extracting a Backup from Exchange Server 5 5 vs Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 Extracting data from Exchange Server 5 5 works the same way as extracting data from Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 However when you are selecting files to extract on the Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard you will notice two differences Exchange Server 5 5 through Exchange Server 2000 SP1 contain pat patch files in their information stores whereas Exchange Server 2000 SP2 and later do not contain pat files in their information stores In Exchange Server 5 5 through Exchange Server 2000 SP1 the pat files are used to record information on page splits In Exchange Server 2000 SP2 and later the functionality provided by pat files is incorporated into Exchange log files Exchange Server 2000 2003 information stores contain stm files in addition to the edb files Exchange Server 5 5 and Exchange Server 2007 SP1 do not contain stm f
105. 3 and XP and Backup Exec CAS See Content Analysis Store CHK Checkpoint files chk files are used for recovering playing data from transaction logs into EDB files The checkpoint is the place marker in the EDB CHK file that indicates which transactions have been committed Whenever data is written to an EDB file from the transaction log the EDB CHK file is updated with information specifying that the transaction was successfully committed to the respective EDB file Separate Exx chk files are maintained for each storage group using ESE Extensible Store Engine Content Analysis Store CAS A data store type where each message in the root level container identifies a Source container A Source container can either be an EDB an EDB mailbox or an EDB folder The CAS is used to analyze messages based on profile criteria entered before processing Conversation View A table that displays all messages in the database that are related by conversation The conversation thread is indented to indicate replies Data Store A unified collection of folders and messages contained in a single storage medium A PST file is a data store An Exchange Information Store is also a data store In a basic case Exchange has two live data stores one for the private mailboxes and one for the public folders Data Wizard The first time you start Ontrack PowerControls the Data Wizard starts The Data Wizard guides you through the loa
106. 34 238 208 Bytes IV Save ExtractWizard Catalog File Browse IT tt Figure 1 14 Saving a Catalog File Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 31 1 USING THE POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard STEP 4 COMPLETING THE EXCHANGE INFORMATION STORE SELECTION On the Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure you have selected the Information Store files that you want to extract and saved the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard catalog file if desired Then click Next to proceed to the last page of the wizard Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Use the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the wizard to specify a location for the extracted data 1 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard type the path where you want Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to extract the data use the history drop down menu or browse to the desired location and type the file name The Browse window lets you create a new folder on the Target volume unless you are running Windows NT 4 2 Click Next The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard verifies that you have enough disk space as well as access rights to create files and directories Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store fil
107. 4 18 Target pane for a PST file To open a Target Exchange Server 1 Do one of the following Onthe File menu click Open Target Exchange Server Onthe toolbar click the Open Target Exchange Server icon Lj The Connect to Exchange Server window appears g z Connect To Exchange Server Mailbox Name Server Name Connect To Public Folders Figure 4 19 Enter the Mailbox Name and Server Name to connect to the Exchange Server For the Mailbox and Server Name boxes type the mailbox and server names Tip If you do not know the full name of the mailbox type the first letter of the mailbox in the Mailbox Name box and click OK Log on to the Exchange Server if prompted see step 4 In the Check Name window that appears select the mailbox from the list and click OK The Connect to Public Folders check box is selected by default This feature allows you to open public folders as a Target for restoring public folders or messages If you do not want to restore to public folders deselect this check box For more information see Restoring to Public Folders on page 224 If you are not authenticated to the domain the Enter Password window appears In this window type a user name that has full rights to the mailbox a password and a domain name Then click OK This window may appear again which requires you to reenter this information Click OK The Exchange Server appears in the Ontrack PowerCont
108. 4 34 58 2005 v 5TMusers stm Unknown 1 26 2005 2 34PM N A exch Information 0100006 109 5 00 MB 1 26 2005 2 34PM amp Wed Jan 26 14 32 10 2005 Wed Jan 26 14 31 23 2005 H O Wed Jan 26 14 20 51 2005 Tue Jan 25 14 31 43 2005 Tue Jan 25 14 30 28 2005 0 Tue Jan 25 14 30 06 2005 re O Tue Jan 25 14 29 37 2005 O Tue Jan 25 10 59 17 2005 Jan 25 10 56 22 2005 Total Files 3 Incremental Differential Backup Back Exit Hep Figure 2 13 Extracting a full online disk backup EMC NetWorker 8 On the left side of the window click the plus sign next to a backup set to view its volumes 9 Select a volume select its name not its check box to display the Exchange Information Store objects on the right side of the window 10 Select the check boxes next to the log edb and stm files as well as pat files if they exist 11 Click Next The Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard lets you select a folder for the extracted files Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 49 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the API Method 12 13 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse b
109. 61 Creating a Content Analysis Store eene nennt nennen 262 Creating and Processing Content Analysis Store Profile Folders 264 Suspending and Resuming Content Analysis Store Profile Folders 269 Adding Sources to Content Analysis Stores esseeeeeerene 271 Editing and Deleting Profiles 1 1 vencido ke 272 Closing a Content Analysis Store eese rene 272 Opening a Content Analysis Store as Source ssseeeeeeee 273 Viewing Properties of a Content Analysis Store esse 274 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc TABLE OF CONTENTS ONTENTS Table of Contents Creating Reports in Content Analysis Store sere 275 Viewing Profiles in Content Analysis Store esee 275 Missing Database Fil s 276 Wrong Database 277 Chapter 11 Message 279 E 279 Message Views Menus and Toolbars eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenren ene eene 280 Message Views MenuS si ennemi esie vit ined Reed ada 280 Message Views Toolbar Icons eese nennen nee 280 Message View Shortcut Menu eene enne 280 Message View Pane inet detbe ei deleri eei ness ep e eee dp eu eee
110. 83 messages 150 multiple sources 185 Target content analysis store using the Data Wizard 263 the preview pane 150 the source database and target mailboxes 176 Opening Target 184 185 organizing the Exchange database files for Ontrack PowerCon trols 13 P Paste Special restoring messages 229 PAT 290 permission rights 179 permissions of public folders 238 preferences 158 preview pane displaying a message in 150 hiding 150 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 279 INDEX opening 150 opening attachments in 151 saving attachments in 151 previewing and opening messages 150 previous search results viewing 204 processing content analysis store profile folder 265 processing on profiles resuming 270 suspending 270 profile folder 290 properties of an EDB file PST file CAS file CAS profile folder mailbox or folder 154 PST 290 PST and folder limits 224 PST export 216 PST file creating a new target 177 in Source pane 176 opening an existing target 177 restoring in three easy steps 223 searching for messages 200 PST files as displayed in Target pane 146 generate 219 generated 221 PST messages per folder limit turning off 225 public folders permissions 238 R refreshing the screen 153 renaming a folder in the Target pane 226 report saving 212 using 213 reporting attachment statistics report 255 creating reports 251 domain statistics report 255 mailbox report 257 messages by database report 256
111. 9 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start UltraBac Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 111 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to information on this page and paste it into UltraBac when prompted later in this section Start UltraBac Management Console on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The UltraBac window appears In UltraBac click Restore Wizard on the toolbar The Select Index Source window ap
112. 99 Searching SOUFCeS one 200 Searching Embedded Message Items eerte 203 Searching Within Results eite eee m eere d e dete eu iniii 203 Searching Microsoft Exchange Server Target essere 205 Managing Message Items isset titi thee eek tha etd no th ai 205 Saving and Using Search Profiles necesiten eite ite hau tb idea 208 Using Multiple Search Windows seen nennen nennen 209 Searching Within Attachments esses eere nennen nennen nene nnne en 210 Exceptions When Searching Within Attachments eene 210 Other Ontrack PowerControls Features Available Through the Find With EL 211 Opening and Saving Attachments in the Find Window sess 211 Exporting Message Items from the Find Window eee 211 Restoring Message Items from the Find Window eee 211 Performing an Integrity Check on Message Items in the Find in 211 Search Results ecd den ER DET er era dienes iA 212 Nave ote RENEE et xe a gum 212 Chapter 6 Exporting Messages 215 215 General Information about Exporting Messages
113. ACE HAPTER Setting Preferences 152 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Overview You can open a Source Exchange Database EDB file or PST file and specify a Target PST file or Target Exchange Server by using one of the following methods Use the Data Wizard Open the Source database and Target mailboxes from the Ontrack PowerControls main window Note You cannot open the same PST file as both Source and Target Running the Data Wizard The first time you start Ontrack PowerControls the Data Wizard starts The Data Wizard guides you through the loading of the Exchange Database EDB PST files or content analysis store CAS files into Ontrack PowerControls and shows you how to specify the Target PST file or Exchange Server Configuring Ontrack PowerControls If Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server is connected and activated you may have to manually locate a server if Ontrack PowerControls cannot locate one automatically By default the automatic location is attempted If it fails the following message is displayed Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 153 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS AER Running the Data Wizard Automatic Server Connection uj No useable server information was Found in Active Directory Do you want to manage your connection points Figure 4 1 Automatic Server Connection message If you select No Ontrack PowerControls clos
114. Al 3 Da Teste Engr Test Engr 3 Teste Engr Test Engr Test 3 Teste Enar Testb Enar E 3 amp Teste Engr Test Engr Fri hin a 3 Ca Teste Engr Test Engr irecall test Fri 4 20 20013 3 Teste Engr Testd Engr test recall Fri4 20 20013 3 Figure 7 6 Copying messages from the Find in Source window 2 In the Target pane use Paste Special to paste the messages into an Exchange mailbox or folder 3 In the Copy Progress window review your results to make sure all the messages were copied to the Target destination You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 217 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA HAPTER Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data Click Save to save the copy report as a text file 4 In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the Ontrack PowerControls main window Results of Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server Mailbox or Folder with Paste Special Each mailbox is a subfolder of the Target destination and all unduplicated messages are restored In addition their directory structure is preserved Target C Documents and Settings 11 15step2 23 Profile1 Completed Fe Profie2 Completed Personal Caler Paste Ctrl V Cont Paste Spedal Ctrl Y t o Dele Rename Ctrl4R gt eran Diale lemen canoe
115. CHK file that indicates which transactions have been committed Whenever data is written to an EDB file from the transaction log the EDB CHK file is updated with information specifying that the transaction was successfully committed to the respective EDB file Separate Exx chk files are maintained for each storage group using ESE Extensible Storage Engine e pat patch files are used to record information on page splits in Exchange 5 5 through Exchange 2000 SP1 In Exchange 2000 SP2 and later the functionality provided by pat files is incorporated into Exchange log files Organizing the Exchange Database Files for Ontrack PowerControls For best results when using an online incremental or differential backup Put the edb stm and pat files in one directory Putthe associated log files e g log chk in one directory Note The two directories can be different Ontrack PowerControls does not require stm or log files but you should include them to ensure that all email data is recovered You may get corruption errors if these files are not present If you are using an offline backup You need to use the edb and stm files for offline backups To ensure that all email data is recovered you should also include all log files as well as pat and chk files if they exist Ontrack PowerControls performs its own verification process and includes the log and pat files to determine if it needs them to recover the data
116. Controls presents a message window saying the attachment cannot be viewed For instructions on opening and saving attachments see Opening Attachments on page 141 and Saving Attachments on page 141 Exporting Message Items from the Find Window The Export feature allows you to copy individual message items from the Find window to a local or network drive destination You can choose to save exported message items as plain text files txt or Microsoft Outlook files msg To export message items from the Find window 1 In the Find in Source or Find in Exchange Target window perform a search 2 Inthe Results area select the message items you want to export 3 On the Tools menu in the Find in Source or Find in Exchange Target window click Export 4 Inthe Export window specify options and click Export For more information on the export options see Exporting Messages on page 201 Restoring Message Items from the Find Window The results of conducting a search appear in the message item list in the Find window You can restore the message items in this list by dragging them or copying and pasting them into the Target folder If you want to maintain the directory structure of restored individual message items use the Paste Special command You can also restore message items by browsing in the Ontrack PowerControls main window and dragging and dropping or copying and pasting from the main window to the Target You do
117. D METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 91 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 12 Click Next When the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start NetBackup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software selectthe option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups FirstStorage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 92 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You
118. Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Reportl Storage Groups First Storage Initializing Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 4 Initializing the Catalog Process 9 Do one of the following Click Cancel if you want to stop the catalog process If you click Cancel the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard catalog will display all files that it found to that point When the catalog is completed click Next to proceed to the next page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard lets you select both the private and public Exchange Information Store files that you want to extract from an Exchange backup Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 41 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD HAPTER Using the API Method In the following example IBM Tivoli Storage Manager can contains multiple backup sets and volumes Each backup set lists the session day and time e g Feb 08 14 01 29 2005 Each volume lists the computer name and volume name The objects belonging to the volume appear on the right side of the window One object contains the log files and the other object contains the edb and stm files Note An asterisk next to a back
119. ENG3 Server Name Connect To Public Folders Figure 4 8 Selecting Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes brings up the Target Exchange Server section 2 For Domain Controller and Server Name boxes the domain controller and server names auto populate 3 The Connect to Public Folders check box is selected by default This feature allows you to open public folders as a Target for restoring public folders or messages If you do not want to restore to public folders deselect this check box For more information see Restoring to Public Folders on page 224 4 If you are not connected to a domain the Enter Password window appears In this window type a user name that has full rights to the mailbox a password and a domain name Then click OK This window may appear again which will require you to reenter this information 5 Click Next To specify a content analysis store 1 Select the Content Analysis Store option 160 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Running the Data Wizard e o o Data Wizard Target Type amp Path Selection Please select the type and path of the target file you will be using as your container for the restored data Please select the type of target you wish to open The targetis where you plan to copy messages to and may be a PST file Content Analysis Store or a live Exchange server Select Target C PSTFile C Connect To Exchange Serv
120. Emulation Method Start the NetBackup client on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the File menu click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type For NetBackup 4 5 click Specify NetBackup Machines Server to use for backups and restores vbackupeo Edit Server List Source dient for restores or virtual client for backups _ Edtcientust Destination dient for restores target Policy type for restores Ms Exchange Server Y Figure 2 83 Specify client and policy type In the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type window locate the Source client for restores or virtual client for backups drop down and select the Exchange client you wish to restore from and make it the current client In the Policy type for restores drop down change the default to MS Exchange Server Click OK On the toolbar click Select for Restore and then select the Exchange backup you wish to restore On the Actions menu click Start Restore of Marked Files In the Restore Marked Files window deselect the Commit after restore completes check box Caution If the Commit after restore completes check box is selected NetBackup will automatically delete the restored files after completing the restore In the Temporary location for log and patch files box enter the log file path See previous step 11 to verify that you are using the Log file path value from the Exchange Emula
121. Exch55B User 1 made some cha Tue 3 11 2003 E em Microsoft Welcome to Mic Fri 8 09 2002 3 24 Deleted Items Evno4v3zaa PC GugMasRWl ou Thu 4 14 2005 T Evno4vnzaa PC cwoXFMdK ou Thu 4 14 2005 21 Forensic certification Evno4vfcaa PC uGdTrjqdf oups Thu 4 14 2005 Personal Folders Evno4vvnaa PC WBKyDIapx ou Thu 4 14 2005 Evno4vv2aa EOPTRXZjQ ou Thu 4 14 2005 Evno4v3waaP HsOwXWeIU o Thu 4 14 2005 Evno4vv2aa PC sFhvbfmiD oup Thu 4 14 2005 8 Calendar Contacts E4 Deleted Items EA Drafts 9 04 Inbox E E E E E E E E DJ Figure 7 8 Results of using Paste Special on a Target Exchange mailbox To restore messages to an Exchange Server root node with Paste Special If the Target is an Exchange Server root node Ontrack PowerControls attempts to connect to each mailbox one at a time and copies each message to its corresponding mailbox and folder If the folder does not exist it is created If the mailbox does not exist Ontrack PowerControls logs an error in the Copy Progress window skips the entire mailbox and continues the Paste Special operation Important The Source mailbox must exist on the Target Exchange Server and you must have full mailbox access rights to all of the Exchange mailboxes to which you are trying to restore messages For more information on access rights see About Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server on page 211
122. G EXPAND 5z C windows system32 esebcli2 dll EZ LOCAL MACHINE H E HARDWARE EC sam security EC SOFTWARE 51 0 system H E Controlseto01 4 Controlsetoaz 5 03 CurrentControlSet 5 08 Control E Cg BackupRestore one 4 gt is My Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentContralSet Contral BackupRestore DLLPaths 2 Figure 2 94 Example of Setting the Registry Key 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 3 Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed f Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery X Figure 2 95 Selecting CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 5 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontr
123. Galaxy Backup amp Recovery and Exchange 2000 2003 115 Exchange Emulation for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector and Exchange 2000 2003 64 Exchange Emulation for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector and Exchange 5 5 68 Exchange Emulation for NT Backup and Exchange 2000 2003 on Windows 2000 XP 2003 53 Exchange Emulation for NT Backup and Exchange 5 5 on Windows 2000 XP 2003 57 Exchange Emulation for NT Backup and Exchange 5 5 on Windows NT 4 61 Exchange Emulation for Sy mantec Backup Exec 8 6 and Exchange 2000 2003 82 Exchange Emulation for Sy mantec Backup Exec 8 6 and Exchange 5 5 85 Exchange Emulation for Sy mantec Backup Exec 9 1 10 1 and Exchange 5 5 79 Exchange Emulation for Ultra Bac and Exchange 5 5 128 Exchange Emulation for Veri tas NetBackup and Ex change 2000 2003 97 104 111 INDEX Exchange Emulation for Veri tas NetBackup and Ex change 5 5 101 108 Ontrack PowerControls license agents 9 Open Existing Target PST com mand 177 open messages in Find window 288 Open Source command 176 Open Target Content Analysis Store command 179 180 183 Open Target Exchange Server com mand 178 opening a target content analysis store 179 a target Exchange Server 178 an Exchange database EDB file or PST file 176 an existing target PST 177 attachments 151 attachments in Find dialog box 210 content analysis store as Source 273 conversation view 285 Data Wizard 165 message table view messages 2
124. HAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value My Computer 4 Name Type Data e CLASSES ROOT fab z H HKEY_CURRENT_USER Blesebcii2 REG_EXPAND_SZ C windows system32 esebcli2 dll EE HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE H E HARDWARE EC sam 0 SECURITY H E SOFTWARE 5 0 system H E Controlseto01 2 Controlsetoaz S A CurrentControlSet 5 08 Control E Cg BackupRestore am 4 s is gt j My Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths 2 Figure 2 45 Example of Setting the Registry Key 3 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is known as the Restore Target Computer Click Next 5 On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Symantec Backup Exec 6 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semic
125. Help includes all of the information in the user guide and more and it lets you quickly access this information by using one of three tabs The Contents tab offers a hierarchical view of the contents of the user guide The Search tab offers a full text search of the user guide The Index tab offers a keyword based way to get to specific topics To start online Help Do one of the following On the Help menu click Contents Click on the toolbar Press the F1 key To identify a tool or control Position the pointer over a tool or control and then pause A tool tip shows the name of the item Technical Support If you have questions or problems not answered in the user guide or the online Help F1 call our Technical Support group When reporting an issue please include any information that might help us diagnose the problem The following details are often the most helpful The version of Ontrack PowerControls you are using on the Help menu click About The versions of Windows and Outlook that you are running The version of Exchange that contained the Source EDB file The circumstances and sequence of steps that led to the problem The text of the error messages if any appeared and the contents of the Details window Alist of other Windows programs that you were running when the error occurred See U S Contact Information and International Contact Information at the beginning of this user guide
126. K POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 21 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 11 When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start NT Backup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 22 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can cop
127. LS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager ig Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Org Figure 2 28 Selecting Exchange Server 5 5 Connection Parameters 7 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive and of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report v lt Back Next gt Exit Help
128. M security 0 SOFTWARE EE system H E Controlsetoo1 w Controlsetoo2 5 CurrentControlset E Control Ei BackupRestore mmm 4 gt ds gt My Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths 2 Figure 2 18 Example of Setting the Registry Key 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is known as the Restore Target Computer 3 Click Next 4 On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and NT Backup Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup ose er e Figure 2 19 Selecting NT Backup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 5 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears 54 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emu
129. MAND LINE IES Examples of Using the Command Line lt Operation gt Explanation ROOT copy to the root folder of the data store Example 2 Copy pcuserl s Inbox and all subfolders from c pcdata edb to userl s Inbox on Exchange Server pcpdc c out1 txt will contain the copy report powercontrols copy r o c out2 txt c pcdata edb tc pcuserl inbox pcpdc userl inbox lt Operation gt Explanation perform operation Operation options Explanation r copy subfolders o c out2 txt output report file name lt Source Store gt Explanation c p cdata edb path to the database file name Source options Explanation t c temporary file path lt Source Folder Path gt Explanation pcuser1 inbox source folder to copy lt Target Store gt Explanation pcpdc user 1 target data store Exchange Server name and logon ID lt Target Folder Path gt Explanation inbox copy to the inbox Example 3 Export pcuserl s mailbox and all subfolders from pcdata edb as text to c export powercontrols export r f txt o c out3 txt c pcdata edb tc X pcuserl c export lt Operation gt Explanation export perform an export operation Operation options Explanation Tr export subfolders f txt messages will be exported as txt o c out3 txt
130. Messages Received messages not of type EX SMTP or SYSTEM Note For a definition of received message see the Glossary on page 273 Sorting Reports 6090606006006060060060006000060600006000600060060060006006000060000000600006000000000000000000090090999 Sorting of reports is available after the reporting process has finished The order in which statistics first appear in the Reports window is based on the ascending order of statistics in the first column e g for the Attachment Statistics column DOC precedes TXT However you can sort statistics based on any column heading Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 243 9 REPORTING HAPTER Saving Reports To sort the statistics in a report 1 Click a column heading to sort the statistics based on that heading An arrow appears indicating the sort direction An up arrow indicates the statistics appear in ascending 7 order A down arrow indicates that the statistics appear in descending Z A order 2 To reverse the order of the statistics based on that column heading click the column heading again The arrow reverses directions An Example of Sorting The Attachment Statistics report is originally sorted based on the ascending order of attachment extensions e g DOC precedes TXT If you click the Attachment Extension heading the down arrow appears and statistics are sorted in descending order e g TXT precedes DOC If you click
131. Mexch55 IRGEReHAE ou 10 05 200 PUB EDB Folder 1 Haaa Texch55b Baaa 10 05 200 7 PUB EDB Folder 1 BaaaNexch55b JaaaVexch Integrity Check Ctrl 10 05 200 PUB EDB Folder 1 Nexch55b BaaaNexd OPen Ctrl 0 10 05 200 PUB EDB Folder 1 Eaaa Qexch55b EaaaQexc COPY Ctrl C 10 05 200 PUB EDB Folder 1 Eaaa Qexch55b EaaaQexc Select All 10 05 200 PUB EDB Folder 1 FaaaRexch55b FaaaRexd Export Ctrl P 10 05 200 PUB EDB Folder 1 Mexch55 NessazeViews Message Table View PUB EDB Folder 1 Attachment Table View Conversation View I d i i i g i Figure 11 10 The Find results can be displayed in each of the Message Views 4 Do one of the following Click the Tools menu point to Message Views then click the desired view in the sub menu Right click the message point to Message Views then click the desired view in the sub menu 272 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc GLOSSARY Term Description Attachment Table View A table that displays all the messages that have an attachment referenced by the same attachment table row as the selected message BKF An MTF format backup to disk file which is similar to other archive formats such as ZIP or ARJ Backup software applications that output this file format are NT Backup the version that shipped with Windows 2000 Windows Backup 200
132. Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 SP1 EDB data stores and Server systems Operation in Virtualized Environments Ontrack PowerControls is supported to run in virtualized environments using VMware Server v1 0x VMware Workstation for Windows v6 0x Microsoft Virtual Server 2005 R2 and Microsoft Virtual PC 2007 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION System Requirements System Requirements This section covers System Requirements for Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 and the minimum software requirements for Mailbox Creation Wizard Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 To use Ontrack PowerControls on your computer you need the following hardware and software One of the following operating systems Windows 2000 Server Windows 2000 Professional Windows XP Professional Windows 2003 Server Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Ultimate 32 bit and 64 bit versions Windows Vista Enterprise Note Ontrack PowerControls in Vista can only be run by users with administrative privileges and in administrative mode The following virtual environments are supported VMWare Server 1 0x e VMWare Workstation for Windows v6 0x Microsoft Virtual Server 2005 R2 Microsoft Virtual PC 2007 Note Virtual operation of tape devices may have restrictions imposed by virtual operating systems Note HASP key operation is validated in environments that support USB attached devices and support the Kroll Ontrack distributed HASP drivers
133. Missing EDB When there is a wrong EDB you are prompted to locate the file Missing Database File PowerControls cannot open the store because the following file cannot be found Cancel f wrong edb priv 1 edb Remove Click Browse to update the store with the new location Figure 10 24 This message appears if the EDB file is missing To locate the missing EDB 1 On the Missing Database File error message click Browse The Open window appears 2 Navigate to the EDB files and double click the appropriate file 3 Click OK The Source pane now populate with files 4 If you are unable to locate the EDB file click Remove on the Missing Database File error message A message asking you to confirm your decision to remove the file is displayed Remove Source 4re you sure you want to permanently remove this source and all related messages from the Content Analysis Store The original source EDB will not be modified If the source is removed from the CAS all profile Folders in the CAS will be reprocessed Figure 10 25 This message confirms that you want to remove the Source from the CAS 5 Click OK Important When an EDB is removed the complete Source EDB is removed from the CAS as well as any Source folders or mailboxes that also reference that EDB MISSING LOG FILES When there are missing log files you are prompted to locate the log directory The Browse button opens a Browse for Folder dialo
134. Ontrack Inc EXPORTING MESSAGES Exporting to PST e o o To export individual messages from the Source content analysis store profile folders 1 In the Source message pane select a profile folder then select one or more messages from the message list 2 Do one of the following On the Tools menu click Export On the toolbar click the Export icon amp Right click the selection and on the shortcut menu click Export The Export Messages window appears Export Messages Maintain Message Path Export Cancel Help Export To C Documents and Settings My Documents Figure 6 7 MSG or TXT format can be exported 3 In the Format box select MSG or TXT In the Export To box specify the location for the exported messages A Select the Maintain Message Path check box if you want to maintain the directory structure of the exported messages Click Export In the Export Progress window verify your messages were successfully exported and click Close Mo ON Exporting to PST The Export to PST option allows you to generate PST files for one or all users mailboxes from an off line EDB file Ontrack PowerControls generates a single PST file for each user s mailbox If Outlook 2003 or greater is installed on your computer you have the option of creating either Outlook 97 2002 style PST files or Outlook 2003 style PST files This feature is available with the following Source select
135. Outlook esee eene eene ener enne nnne 5 Installing Ontrack PowerControls eese eene rene 5 Uninstalling Ontrack PowerControls eese rennen 5 Keyboard Shortcuts iode tr eet et A repe en ie lee ERR a 6 Ontrack PowerControls Editions sesssssssssssessseeeeeeeee ener enne eren 7 Enabling the Licensed Agents rediere ie de HR PL PU deed 9 The Lic nse Fide siccics E M 11 About the Exchange Database reser tinettintenyinrmiti eitis trit fit tetti 12 Organizing the Exchange Database Files for Ontrack PowerControls 13 Updating Ontrack PowerControls sees 13 Upgrading Ontrack PowerControls eese nennen 14 Help D C 14 Online e Er 14 Technical Support 2 Rene te re ede e ee E Ue E ede ave 14 Conventions in this Manual Osa EER EEE 15 Menu Commands and Shortcuts eese enne 15 aR ae 15 Notes atid eR ate Pei erret PER E 15 Chapter 1 Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 17 a 17 luci
136. PowerControls will log an error stop processing that message and continue fan error occurs from which Ontrack PowerControls cannot recover such as a major corruption error Ontrack PowerControls will log an error to the Export Progress window and stop exporting Saving and Printing the Report The contents of the export report can be saved by clicking Save This brings up a Save File dialog box allowing you to select the location and name of the file The default name of the report is ExportProgress txt The export report can also be printed by clicking Print 208 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Overview The first part of this chapter provides you with a quick look at restoring your Exchange database so you can begin to use Ontrack PowerControls immediately The second part of this chapter provides examples of restoring messages folders mailboxes and even an entire EDB file to the desired destination Note The concepts in this chapter apply to EDB PST and CAS files unless otherwise noted even though all of the examples of Sources are EDB files Quick Look at Restoring Your Exchange Data Restoring data from a Source EDB PST or CAS file to a Target destination is a simple process Just drag and drop or use the Copy and Paste Paste Special commands Restoring Your Exchange Data in Three Easy Steps on page 209 Limits for PST and Folder Targets on page 210
137. ROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Start the NetBackup client on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the File menu click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type For NetBackup 4 5 click Specify NetBackup Machines Server to use for backups and restores vbackupso Edit Server List Source dient for restores or virtual client for backups _ Edtaentyst Destination client for restores target Policy type for restores Ms Exchange Server v Figure 2 87 Specify client and policy type In the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type window locate the Source client for restores or virtual client for backups drop down and select the Exchange client you wish to restore from and make it the current client In the Policy type for restores drop down change the default to MS Exchange Server Click OK On the toolbar click Select for Restore and then select the Exchange backup you wish to restore On the Actions menu click Start Restore of Marked Files In the Restore Marked Files window click Start Restore 18 19 When NetBackup has finished click OK and close NetBackup In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Veritas NetBackup 6 5 and Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 1 Install NetBackup client softwar
138. Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 55 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to and Log file path information on this page and paste it into Backup Exec when prompted later in this section 84 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 22 23 24 25 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Start Symantec Backup Exec on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the toolbar at the top of the Backup Exec window click Restore The Restore Job Properties window appears In the Restore Job Properties window click the Selections tab In the All Volumes tree select the Exchange backup you want to restore Click the Redirection tab Select the Redirect Exchange sets check box In the Restore to server box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer See previous step 9 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Select the Exchange tab In
139. Server Server localhost Port 49152 Services KOAS Auditing Service KOAS Mailbox Permissions Control Figure 3 7 Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server connection and service information 138 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Toolbar LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Ontrack PowerControls Main Window Figure 3 8 The Button Toolbar in the main window The buttons on the toolbar perform the following functions Open Source displays the Open window which lets you navigate to and select a Source Exchange Database EDB PST or CAS file The EDB PST or CAS file contains the message items you want to restore Open Target PST displays the Open window which lets you navigate to and select a Target Personal Folders PST file The Target PST file is a container for restored message items Open Target Exchange Server displays the Connect to Exchange Server window which lets you connect to a Target Exchange Server The Target Exchange Server is a container for restored message items Create Open Content Analysis Store displays the Create Content Analysis File window which allows you to open an existing content analysis store or to create a new one in the Target pane g Copy copies into the Clipboard the selected message s in the Source message list or the selected folder mailbox or EDB file in the Source pane Gc Paste inserts the items from the Clipboard into the selected folder in the Target pa
140. Storage Data Protector on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Select Restore from the drop down list at the top left of the window In the left pane expand the MS Exchange 5 x Server folder and select the appropriate Exchange Server In the right pane select the Exchange backup you would like to restore Note You cannot restore the DS object In the right pane click the Options tab Select the Restore to another client check box Select the name of the Restore Target Computer from the drop down menu See previous step 8 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Do not select either the Stop services before restore check box or the Start services after restore check box Note If these check boxes are selected HP OpenView Storage Data Protector will display a message stating the restore failed Click OK The files will still be extracted and usable Under Restore actions select the action you want to perform Restore both databases Restore private database only Restore public database only Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 71 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method 20 Click the Devices tab and verify your devices are properly configured 21 Click the
141. TAS NetBackup A VERITAS NetBackup to tape can contain multiple backup sets and volumes This example only displays one online backup set Each backup set lists the session day and time Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 27 1 USING THE POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard e g 11 17 2005 3 42 PM Each volume lists the machine name Online backups also include the volume name e g pc First Storage Group Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk J Catalog Exchange Information Store File Size Date 0 11 15 2004 4 21 PM O 7 01 12 3 2003 10 32 AM ssec HERI pubi stm 400 12 3 2003 10 32 AM pc Second Storage 4 5 00 MB 12 3 2003 10 32 AM pciThird Storage If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files Total Size O Bytes Figure 1 10 Extracting a full online tape backup VERITAS NetBackup To extract the last full online and every incremental backup On the Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select all of the files e g edb log stm pat from the last full online normal backup plus the log files from every incremental
142. TRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD CHAPTER1 Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls 36 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Overview The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Advanced Method uses your existing backup software to extract an Exchange database from a backup server or tape library across the network to the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The Advanced Method takes full advantage of your backup software s knowledge of individual set locations and robotic library support This is the fastest method to extract an Exchange Information Store from the most recent backups managed by your backup server Once configured for the Advanced Method Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard seamlessly integrates with your backup software and fully supports your existing catalogs backups and tape library No other changes to your existing backup architecture or settings are required Note For information on using the Direct Method of extracting backed up Exchange data see Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard on page 17 Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Advanced Method Two Modes of Operation The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Advanced Method offers you two choices API Method With this method Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard communicates directly with the backup software server through m
143. abl Default REG SZ m HKEY CURRENT USER BBjesebcli2 REG_EXPAND_SZ C windows system32 esebcli2 dll EZ HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE H E HARDWARE E sam E sECURITY H SOFTWARE o system H Controlsetoo1 m Controlsetooz 5 CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore ammm 4 gt la gt Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentContralSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths Z Figure 2 41 Example of Setting the Registry Key Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is known as the Restore Target Computer Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Symantec Backup Exec Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears 72 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method ee o Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups First Storage Group Second Storage Group Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exc
144. ack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears 116 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method ee o Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups TRE RED Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Org Figure 2 96 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Connection Parameters 6 Select the Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 option Click Next On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 117 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please
145. ackpowercontrols co uk support Germany Hanns Klemm Strabe 5 71034 Boblingen Deutschland Web http www ontrackpowercontrols de Australia 28 Donkin Street Suite 8 West End QLD 4101 Australia Web http www ontrackpowercontrols com au Software Sales Freephone 1800 872 259 Email software ontrackpowercontrols com au Technical Support Phone 61 7 3255 1199 Email support ontrackpowercontrols com au Web http www ontrackpowercontrols com au support France 2 impasse de la Noisette 91371 Verri res le Buisson Cedex 413 France Web http www ontrackpowercontrols fr Support Commercial T l 33 0 1 69 53 66 92 Email logiciel ontrackpowercontrols fr Support Technique T l 0820 09 87 72 Email support ontrackpowercontrols fr Web http www ontrackpowercontrols fr support Spain Primera Planta Oficina B C Anabel Segura 7 28108 Alcobendas Madrid Espa a Web http www ontrackpowercontrols es Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Software Sales Tel 49 0 703 1 644 0 Email software ontrackpowercontrols de Technical Support available in German and English Tel 49 0 703 1 644 244 Email support ontrackpowercontrols de Web http www ontrackpowercontrols de support Norway Postboks 1250 Arkoveien 14 2206 Kongsvinger Norge Web http www ontrackpowercontrols no Software Sales Toll free 810 10 100 Phone 47 62 81 01 00 Fax 47 62 81 01 10 Ema
146. action Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup NT Backup Symantec Backup Exec CA BrightStor ARCserve EMC NetWorker Veritas NetBackup IBM Tivoli Storage Manager HP OpenView Storage Data Protector Figure 2 2 Method of Extraction 5 Select the Advanced Method option 6 Select IBM Tivoli Storage Manager from the drop down menu 7 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard lets you specify the backup server and client computer names Connection Parameters Specify the backup server and client computer names Backup Server Enter the name of the computer on which the backup server software is installed lient Node y Enter the name of the computer or node on which the Client Node I backup client software is installed This should also be the name of the computer or node Exchange Server is installed on Password Enter the client password Protocol TCP IP Port 1500 C Named Pipe Only cat
147. ady Figure 5 8 Select the Attachment Text option to include in your search To search within attachments 1 In the Find in Source or Find in Exchange Target window select the Attachment Text check box 2 Specify other desired search criteria For more information see Searching Sources on page 186 3 Click Find Now If Ontrack PowerControls matches a keyword or phrase in the text of the attachment it will return a Hit just as it would if it found a keyword or phrase in the body or subject of a message item Exceptions When Searching Within Attachments Ontrack PowerControls does not search for the following items Archive files e g zip rar e Binary files e g dll exe jpg e Metadata associated with files e g author and company information in an xls file 196 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc FINDING MESSAGES Other Ontrack PowerControls Features Available Through the Find Window ee o Other Ontrack PowerControls Features Available Through the Find Window In addition to the search features described in the previous sections there are several Ontrack PowerControls features available through the Find window Opening and Saving Attachments in the Find Window To open an attachment s file type in the Find window you must have an application installed on your computer that can perform this function If no associated program is available for the attachment file type Ontrack Power
148. age and Cumulative when referring to the number and size of attachments in the data store The term SIS counts attachments only once and does not include their duplicates The term cumulative refers to all of the attachments or messages including their duplicates Example An attachment of type DOC of size 100 KB is being shared by three messages As the table shows the SIS size more closely estimates how much of the EDB size is attributed to the attachment The cumulative size more closely estimates how much of the EDB size is attributed to attachments if the data store did not have SIS Method of Counting Total of DOC Attachments Messages Attachments Total Size of DOC Files SIS Count 1 100 KB Cumulative Count 3 300 KB 238 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Attachment Statistics Report REPORTING Viewing Reports The Attachment Statistics report provides statistics on all of the attachments contained in messages in the selected Source The attachments are categorized by extension which appears in upper case letters e g DOC XLS Attachments without extensions are put into a separate row called No Extension Column Heading Description Attachment Extension Attachment type by extension e g DOC PPT PDF Cumulative Number of Attachments Found in Messages Cumulative number of attachments of each type found in the processed messages Cumulative Size o
149. age and paste it into NT Backup when prompted later in this section 9 Start NT Backup Backup Utility in Windows XP and 2003 on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 10 In NT Backup click the Restore tab the Restore and Manage Media tab in Windows 2003 11 In the tree view select your Exchange backup from the list of media NT Backup allows you to restore only one Exchange Information Store at a time Note You cannot restore the Directory 12 Click Start Restore The Restoring Microsoft Exchange window appears 13 Select the Erase all existing data check box 14 In the Restore To box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer i e the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The name must be in all capital letters See previous step 7 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 15 Click OK NT Backup will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 16 When NT Backup has finished click Close and close NT Backup 17 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish 60 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Emulation for NT Backup Exchange Server 5 5
150. age list double click a message 140 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Opening Attachments Opening Attachments If you have the appropriate program installed on your computer Ontrack PowerControls will load the application to view the selected attachment e g to view an xls file attachment Ontrack PowerControls will launch MS Excel If no associated program is available for the attachment s file type Ontrack PowerControls presents a message window saying the attachment cannot be viewed Note Ontrack PowerControls cannot view attached embedded graphics in HTML messages To open an attachment in an open message 1 In the message list double click a message that has the Attachment icon U next to its name 2 Click the Attachment icon on the right side of the message header A pop up window lists the attachments for the selected message 3 Click the name of the attachment you want to view To open an attachment in the preview pane 1 In the message list select a message that has the Attachment icon _ next to its name 2 Open the Preview pane In the Ontrack PowerControls main window click the Preview Pane icon E In the Find window select the Preview check box 3 Click the Attachment icon on the right side of the message header in the Preview pane A pop up window lists the attachments for the selected message 4 Click the name of the attachment you want to view
151. ailbox Creation Wizard New Mailbox Mailbox Settings Enter the alias for the mailbox user and then select the mailbox location Alias Server 2000 Storage group First Storage Group v Mailbox database Mailbox Store lt Back Cancel Figure 4 30 Mailbox Settings window 4 Ensure the Storage group and Mailbox database settings are correct The Alias and Server fields are auto populated however Alias can be edited if necessary 5 Click Finish 6 If the mailbox creates successfully or unsuccessfully a message displays Click OK If it was created successfully the new mailbox automatically appears in the Target directory and is expanded 178 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Using the Mailbox Creation Wizard New Mailbox Mailbox Settings Enter the alias For the mailbox user and then select the mailbox location Alias jbowen Server 2000 Storage group Mailbox Creation Wizard First Storage Group Mailbox created successfully Mailbox database Mailbox Store lt Back Finish Figure 4 31 Mailbox created successfully Note If your Preferences are set to display inaccessible mailboxes they are displayed in the Target directory but are inaccessible If the mailbox was created successfully but it cannot be connected to the new mailbox is displayed in the Target directory as inaccessible
152. alog Exchange databases that were backed in this time period All Last90 days Onor After Figure 2 3 Connection parameters for NT Backup 8 Specify the connection parameters 40 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Method For Backup Server enter the name of the computer on which the backup server software is installed For Client Node enter the IBM Tivoli client node that backed up the Exchange Information Store For Password enter the client password For Protocol select one of the following options gt TCP IP Port Refer to your IBM Tivoli Storage Manager user guide or help for instructions gt Named Pipe Refer to your IBM Tivoli Storage Manager user guide or help for instructions For Only catalog Exchange databases that were backed up in this time period select the desired time period Note The Catalog Progress page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard shows the catalog progress The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard queries the Tivoli backup server database for Information Store backups Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C
153. already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 81 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 12 Click Next When the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start NetBackup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups FirstStorage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 82 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Log file path information on this page and paste it into NetBackup when prompted later in this section Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 107 CHAPTER 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange
154. and individual messages EDB files can be exported to PSTs General Information about Exporting Messages The file name for an exported message is its subject A duplicate subject name will create a file with the same name but with an x appended to the filename x 1 for the first duplicate x 2 for the next duplicate and so on If the subject contains illegal file name characters the offending characters will be replaced with an underscore Associated messages and folder properties will not be exported When exporting individual messages you have the option to keep the folder mailbox hierarchy similar to the paste special feature When exporting a mailbox or folder you have the option to also export the subfolders About Message msg Text txt and PST Export The file type for an exported message can be either Microsoft Outlook msg or plain text txt EDB files can be exported to a PST Message msg export A msg file OLE compound document can be imported directly into Microsoft Outlook This file type encapsulates the entire message including attachments Text txt export A txt file is created with the following information Note that neither message attachments nor message properties are exported Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 201 6 EXPORTING MESSAGES HAPTER Exporting Messages PST export The Export to PST option allows you to generate PST files for one or all users mailbox
155. ans that messages with attachments appear at the top of the message list while messages with no attachments appear at the bottom of the document list If you click the attachment _ column heading again the order is reversed Note The view settings sort order and column width for a folder or mailbox are saved until you close the data store Refreshing the Screen You may wish to refresh the screen occasionally when you are connected to a Target Exchange Server That is because the information on the server may change while you are connected Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 143 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE HAPTER Viewing the Properties of an EDB File PST File CAS File CAS Profile Folder Folder or Mailbox To refresh the screen Do one of the following the View menu click Refresh Press the F5 key Viewing the Properties of an EDB File PST File CAS File CAS Profile Folder Folder or Mailbox Ontrack PowerControls makes it easy to view the properties of a Source PST file EDB file CAS file CAS profile folder mailbox or folder Note Only accessible mailboxes can produce property reports For CAS files inaccessible mailboxes within that data store are not included in the totals To view the properties 1 In the Source pane right click an EDB file PST file CAS file CAS profile folder mailbox or folder 2 On the shortcut menu click Properties A Properties window appears EDB File Pro
156. ard The CommCell Console window appears In the CommCell Browser right click the Exchange Server you want to restore and click Browse amp Recover The Browse Options window appears Specify the appropriate browse time for your recovery Browse the Latest Data Specify Browse Time In the Browse Options window select your Exchange Server from the Client Computer drop down menu Click OK to show the browse data for your Exchange Server Select the storage groups to restore Note You can only restore data from under the Exchange Database tree node Click Recover Selected The Restore Options for All Selected Items window appears Select the Restore to a Different Client option Select the Restore Target Computer from the Select a Client drop down menu See previous step 8 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click OK to close the Restore Options for All Selected Items window When CommVault has finished the restore you can close CommCell Console In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery and Exchange Server 5 5 Important CommVault Galaxy will not install the Exchange agent onto a non server OS The Exchange agent is required for Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to work Copyright 2007 08 Kroll
157. ard make sure edbbcli dll is in the system path The easiest way to ensure this is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is known as the Restore Target Computer Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Symantec Backup Exec Then click Next On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 option Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 79 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups First St St g z Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site REC Figure 2 49 Selecting Exchange Server 5 5 Connection Parameters Click Next On the Exchange Information Store
158. ars 13 In the CommCell Browser right click the Exchange Server you want to restore and click Browse amp Recover The Browse Options window appears 14 Specify the appropriate browse time for your recovery Browse the Latest Data Specify Browse Time 15 In the Browse Options window select your Exchange Server from the Client Computer drop down menu 16 Click OK to show the browse data for your Exchange Server 17 Select the Exchange backup you want to restore Note You can only restore data from under the Exchange Database tree node You cannot restore the Directory DSA item 18 Click Recover All Selected The Restore Options for All Selected Items window appears 19 Select the Restore to a Different Client option 20 Select the Restore Target Computer from the Select a Client drop down menu See previous step 8 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 2 Click OK 22 When CommVault has finished the restore you can close CommCell Console 23 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 123 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Emulation for UltraBac Exchange Emulation for UltraBac and Exchange Server 2000 2003 1 On the computer that will be running
159. asks Y 4 m Source pane for a PST file Source pane for an EDB file Figure 4 12 Source panes with PST EDB and CAS files Target C Documents Target C Documents and Target C Documents and S 9 Dbase 11 15step1 Folders Qu competed H E Brad RA Profile2 Completed E Calendar RA Profile3 Completed EE Contacts Personal Folders 7 Deleted Items Brad 4 Drafts E Calendar H E Evno4v30aa C8 Contacts Inbox Deleted Items Journal Drafts 3 Notes 9 04 Evno4v30aa Target pane for a PST file T Folders ER Items J Sent Items Folder 1 Tasks Target pane for a CAS file Target pane for an Exchange Server Figure 4 13 Target panes for PST files Exchange Server and CAS file Returning to the Data Wizard When working in the Ontrack PowerControls main window you can return to the Data Wizard at any time To open the Data Wizard from the main window On the File menu click Use Wizard Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 163 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS IES Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window Instead of using the Data Wizard to open the Source databases and Target mailboxes you can open them from the Ontrack PowerControls main window Before You Proceed Before you proceed with opening Source databases an
160. at belong to the Administrator Group The options are stored in the registry HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE software ontrack powercontrols The Ontrack PowerControls Installation program sets this registry key to have read write access to users in the Administrators group and read only access by any user in the Users group Preferences Options Security Wamings M Allow preview of messages Enable Tamper Proof Target Allow Bcc field to be included when restoring or searching messages Enable Message Views Listinaccessible mailboxes Cancel Help Figure 3 20 The Security Tab Preferences Allow preview of messages If this option is not selected you will not have the ability to open or preview messages in the Source or Target Enable Tamper Proof Target If this option is selected Ontrack PowerControls does not allow you to delete messages or folders in the Target or have the ability to rename folders in the Target You only have the ability to add copy to the Target Allow Bcc field to be included when restoring or searching messages If this option is selected Ontrack PowerControls includes Bcc information when restoring or searching messages This means that a recipient is able to see Bcc recipients that he or she was not intended to see It also means that searching with the Sent to option returns messages for Bcc recipients Enable Message Views If this option is selected it makes the Message Views availa
161. atly increases the catalog speed for EMC NetWorker users who want to start on a tape in the middle of a span set If you select a specific SSID search on a non EMC NetWorker tape it will behave identically to the second option Catalog Online and Offline Exchange backup datasets Catalog specific object ID for IBM Tivoli only Enter a specific object ID or a list of object IDs separated by commas in the box This option is available only if the IBM Tivoli agent is installed Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will catalog only the object IDs listed When Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard detects the end of the object IDs in the list it will immediately stop processing This option greatly increases the catalog speed for Tivoli users who know the Object ID of the backup they wish to extract If you select a specific Object ID search on a non Tivoli tape it will behave identically to the second option Catalog Online and Offline Exchange backup datasets Catalog specific job ID for CommVault Galaxy only Enter a specific job ID or a list of job IDs separated by commas in the box This option is available only if the CommVault Galaxy agent is installed Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will catalog only the sessions associated with the Job IDs entered both online and offline sessions Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will be unable to know when all data associated with the Job ID has been processed therefore Ontrack PowerControl
162. ave an attachment that are referenced by the same attachment table row as the selected attachment e Conversation View messages that are related by conversation with the sorting order of the email thread based on who replied to whom within the thread Messages are indented to show the thread timeline of when replies occurred Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 263 11 MESSAGE VIEWS HAPTER Message Views Menus and Toolbars Message Views Menus and Toolbars The message views are accessible via the Tools menu toolbar buttons and a sub menu on the shortcut menu in the message panes Message Views Menus The Tools menu contains a sub menu with menu items for each message view ee NN i Export Ctrl P Integrity Chek Ctrl I Figure 11 1 The Tools menu leads to the Message Views options Message Views Toolbar Icons A toolbar button exists for each message view Message Table View Attachment Table View and Conversation View i Conversation View eSI Message Table View Attachment Table View Figure 11 2 The Toolbar provides another option for accessing the Message Views Message View Shortcut Menu The Source pane shortcut menu has a Message Views sub menu with menu items for each message view As with the main menu the new Message Views menu items provides status bar text when they are highlighted 264 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc MESSAGE VIEWS Message Views Menus and Toolbar
163. aving a Catalog File on page 31 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 21 1 USING THE POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Catalog Performance Options The Catalog Performance Options page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard offers five options for cataloging Exchange backup data sets All five of the options will automatically skip over known backup types that do not contain Exchange Information Store files These types include registry backups SQL backups UNIX backups image backups NetWare backups and Macintosh backups Catalog Performance Options Please select the catalog method to use Catalog Online Exchange backup datasets only Online backups are created using Exchange specific backup software Catalog Online and Offline Exchange backup datasets Offline backups are normal file system backups Cataloging offline backups will be slower than online only Agent for EMC Networker allows you to catalog a select set of 55105 on tapes only This will decrease the time it takes to catalog a tape This does not apply to EMC Networker 0 files Catalog specific Object ID for IBM Tivoli Only Agent for IBM Tivoli Storage Manager allows you to catalog a select set of Object IDs This will decrease the time it takes to catalog atape or file Catalog specific Job ID for CommVault Galaxy Only Agent for CommVault Galaxy allows you to catalog a select set of Job IDs Th
164. ble List inaccessible mailboxes If this option is selected the inaccessible mailboxes listed in the directory are shown They are for display only 150 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Setting Preferences o o Warnings Tab Preferences Options Security Wamings Show warning when logs specified but not found Show warning when no log file path specified Show warning when copying to Exchange Server root Show warning when opening an Exchange Server and an Exchange Server is already open Cancel Figure 3 21 The Warnings Tab in Preferences Show warning when logs specified but not found Ontrack PowerControls warns you when opening an EDB file if no log files were found at the specified directory Show warning when no log file path specified Ontrack PowerControls warns you when opening an EDB file if a log file path has not been specified Show warning when copying to Exchange Server root Ontrack PowerControls warns you when you are about to copy a large amount of data to the Exchange Server root Show warning when opening an Exchange Server and an Exchange Server is already open This warning appears when you attempt to connect to either a single mailbox or all mailboxes on an Exchange Server when a Target Exchange connection is already open in Ontrack PowerControls Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 151 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERF
165. cation check box Important For the following two steps use the Network tree Do not use the Windows NT 2000 XP 2003 Systems tree In the Network tree expand the Microsoft Windows Network node and locate the Restore Target Computer If the Restore Target Computer does not appear do one or both of the following Ifthe domain or workgroup that the Restore Target Computer belongs to does not appear in the Microsoft Windows Network node right click the Microsoft Windows Network node and click Add Machine Object In the Add Object window enter the domain or workgroup and click Add Ifthe Restore Target Computer does not appear in the domain or workgroup it belongs to right click the domain or workgroup node and click Add Machine Object In the Add Object window enter the name of the Restore Target Computer and click Add See previous step 10 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Expand the Restore Target Computer node and select the Microsoft Exchange Server node Note If the Microsoft Exchange Server node does not appear under the Restore Target Computer select the Restore Target Computer node so that its name appears in the Address box above the Destination tree Then append dbaexch to the Restore Target Computer name This signals CA ARCserve Backup you are restoring an Information Store On the toolbar click Start 96 Copy
166. cessing is taking place The status bar at the lower left also indicates the status The message pane on the right populates with the results when the profile folder is selected or when the screen is refreshed Deduplication can be performed on a per profile basis and if selected does not return duplicates of a message during a search For example if the same message exists in two or more data stores only the first message found is listed in the search results Selecting this option may result in slower search performance Note Only accessible mailboxes in the EDB Source can populate the CAS Target profile with messages To create and process a content analysis store profile folder 1 Select a Target content analysis store root 2 In the Profile menu on the menu bar click Create Profile The Create Profile window opens with Profile as the default Profile Name Once created the content analysis store profile folder can be renamed just as any folder would be 3 Enter the criteria for the content analysis This window offers similar search options as the Find window For more information see Finding Messages on page 185 Note The profile criteria can be saved and imported A Create Profile Folder File Name Profile Cancel Search for words Exclude words PENNE Clear Fields Help Search in Message Subject Attachment File Name s Exclude Message Body Attachment Text gt Duplicates
167. ck Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 25 26 27 28 29 30 Using the Exchange Emulation Method In the Exchange 2000 and later area select the Purge existing data and restore only the databases and transaction logs from the backup sets option In the Exchange Server for temporary storage of log and patch files box enter the log file path Deselect the Commit after restore completes and Mount database after restore check boxes Caution Make sure to deselect the Commit after restore completes check box If this check box remains selected Backup Exec will automatically delete the restored files after completing the restore Click Run Now Backup Exec displays a warning about restoring a server with different Site and Organization names You can safely click Yes Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard and Ontrack PowerControls do not depend on the Site and Organization names Backup Exec will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard When Backup Exec has finished click OK and close Backup Exec In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Symantec Backup Exec 9 1 10 1 and Exchange Server 5 5 1 Install Backup Exec Remote Agent for Windows Servers client software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWiz
168. ckup eene 53 Exchange Emulation for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector 64 Exchange Emulation for Symantec Backup Exec 8 6 and 9 1 10 1 11d 72 Exchange Emulation for CA ARCserve Backup eee 88 Exchange Emulation for Veritas NetBackup eere 97 Exchange Emulation for CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery 115 Exchange Emulation for UltraBac eese enne 124 Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls sess 131 Chapter 3 Looking at the Interface 143 Nu CH 143 Ontrack PowerControls Main Window essent eene eren 143 duum 144 Source Message List dte dee eese d e RR RR Rep diese 146 Target tc 146 Target Message List Restored Messages esses 147 Quid M 148 DOO lotet ane a rer E reet aur d et adit 149 Previewing and Opening Messages essent eene 150 Opening Attachments notet teo ere Taper Rue e add 151 Saving Attachments indere tete ret eae e ADR C ede e dea E aep 151 Changing tlie VIew inei pe emo ei 152 Viewing or Hiding the Toolbar and Status Bar esee 152 Resizing Panes Separated by a Split Ba
169. click Finish Exchange Emulation for Veritas NetBackup 4 5 5 1 and Exchange Server 5 5 Note For NetBackup 4 5 you must install the NetBackup client and the Exchange agent on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 1 Install NetBackup client software for Windows on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Allow the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to restore backups created by the Exchange Server client Follow the instructions for allowing redirected restores in the NetBackup Administrators Guide Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 101 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 3 On the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli dll is in the system path The easiest way is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory 4 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 5 Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Veritas NetBackup Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly w
170. commands that allow you to perform these functions Save Criteria and Use Previous Criteria In addition if you want to modify the search criteria in a search profile you can edit the text file with a text editor A Find in Source Edit Tools Save Criteria S Lisa PreivipasiCHEBra 9 2 Third Priv edb dbagent Inbox Browse Exit Alt F4 Search for words Exclude words se Clear Fields Search in MessageSubject Attachment File Name s Message Body Attachment Text Sent from Sent to Created Date after Created Date before j Figure 5 6 Use the File menu to access the Save Criteria command When creating a search profile you can save the following search criteria The Search For Exclude Words Sent from and Sent to fields have a maximum of 4 095 characters Search for words Exclude words Search in Sent from Sentto Created Dated after Created Dated before Note The saved criteria of a content analysis store profile folder can be used for a search Conversely the saved criteria for a search can be used to create a content analysis store profile folder For more information on content analysis stores see Content Analysis Store on page 245 To create a search profile 1 Open the Find in Source window and enter search criteria 2 Onthe File menu in the Find in Source window click Save Criteria 3 In the Save A
171. criteria the profile is created and is represented by a folder under the content analysis store During processing searching the profile folder is green and its status states Processing Selecting the profile folder or pressing F5 populates the message pane with messages when the processing is complete Processing occurs when a new profile is created when removing a Source when adding a Source when editing a profile when copying a Source profile folder to a Target content analysis store or when resuming a suspended profile Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 251 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE HAPTER Creating a Content Analysis Store Note If unrecoverable errors are encountered during processing then the profile is not fully processed and is blue in color with a red indicating the error Suspended Processing can be suspended see Suspending and Resuming Content Analysis Store Profile Folders on page 253 on any profile folder during processing Suspended profile folders are red in color The status also indicates that the profile is suspended Completed Once the processing is complete the profile folder turns blue and its status states Completed Completed with errors If Ontrack PowerControls detects corruption or some other issues while processing the profile folder status states Completed with errors To obtain details on the error view the Properties on the profile folder by rig
172. ct an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 75 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 10 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start NetBackup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 76 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Log file path information on this page and paste it into NetBackup when prompted later in this section Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 103 CHAPTER 2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Start the
173. ctWizard Data 4 13 2006 EXCH2003 Public Folders bkf Processing Block 30 659 Copying File 1 of 3 From 4_13_2006 1 50 PM First Storage Group publ edb To C Documents and Settings My Docu PM EXCH2003 First Storage Group publ edb Time Elapsed 00h 00m 04s Copied 31 391 264Bytes of 141 570 048 Bytes Total Time Remaining 00h 00m 14s Total 31 391 264Bytes of 148 918 272 Bytes Reading Figure 2 7 Exchange Information Store Copy Progress 16 Optional Click Cancel only if you want to stop the process The file currently being extracted will be deleted but you can access any files that have completed extraction The last page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard displays all of the files that were successfully extracted Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Finished All files were successfully extracted Extract started on 11 7 2007 at 4 48 43 PM Extract finished on 11 7 2007 at 4 49 04 PM Elapsed time OOh 00m 21s Extracted 148 918 272 Bytes of 148 918 272 Bytes Successful files C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 KROLL ONTRACK _ lt Back Exi Help Figure 2 8 The Finished window for Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 17 If you are satisfied with the results click Finish
174. ctWizard Versions Agent Supported Disk Backup Tape Backup Agent for UltraBac 7 1 and 8 0 Magnetic Library UltraBac Software Tape Format 1 For NetBackup 6 x backups created using Bare Metal Restore or Off Host Backup Ontrack recommends the Advanced Method for extraction 2 For CA ARCserve 11 5 multiplexed backup tapes Ontrack recommends the Advanced Method for extraction 3 For EMC NetWorker 7 2 7 3 and 7 4 backups created using Advanced File Backups Ontrack recommends the Advanced Method for extraction 4 For IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 5 3 and 5 4 backups created using Export mini format Ontrack recommends the Advanced Method for extraction 5 For CA ARCserve 11 5 SP3 backups of Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 created using Advanced Mode Ontrack recommends the Direct method for extraction In addition to Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Agents Ontrack PowerControls users also have the option to purchase other unique add on features for enhanced search and analysis capabilities Ontrack PowerControls Agent Version Supported Agent for PST as Source Microsoft Outlook 97 or later Agent for Advanced Searching Not applicable Agent for Content Analysis Store Not applicable Agent for Administrative Services Not applicable To view the currently enabled Agents On the Help menu click About and then click License Info To enable an Agent 1 Contact a sales representative and specify which agent
175. cting The storage group name is case sensitive and must match exactly as it appears in the Exchange System Manager You can enter multiple storage groups separated by semicolons Click Next If Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard displays a warning about the CA ARCserve Exchange client not being properly configured for emulating Exchange Server 2000 2003 click OK to continue You can configure the CA ARCserve Exchange client when you get to step 12 later in this section On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 62 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emu
176. cting backed up Exchange data allows you to run your backup software and restore to the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard which acts as the alternate Exchange Server Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard responds to the backup software by using the same interfaces that Exchange uses Two Basic Steps for Using the Exchange Emulation Method 1 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard on the computer where the Exchange Information Store files will be restored Then configure it for the Advanced Method of Exchange Emulation 2 Start your backup restore software on the computer you normally run it on and then perform a redirected online restore to an alternate Exchange Server The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard acts as the alternate Exchange Server Restore Backup Target Restore Computer Software Exchange Information Store Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard and configure the Start your backup restore restore target computer to software and perform a emulate an Exchange server redirected online restore to an alternate Exchange Server Figure 2 17 The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Exchange Emulation Method Terms Restore Target Computer is the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard where the Exchange Information Store files will be restored 52 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD
177. ction Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups First Storage Group Second Storage Group C Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Org Figure 2 90 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 Connection Parameters Select the Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 option In the Storage Groups box enter the name of the storage group you will be extracting The storage group name is case sensitive and must match exactly the name that appears in the Exchange System Manager You can enter multiple storage groups separated by semicolons C 10 Click Next 11 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 113 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCE
178. d Target mailboxes here is important information that will help enable smooth operation of Ontrack PowerControls ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Use the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard if you have not yet restored backed up Exchange Information Store data The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard reads previous Exchange Server backups and restores EDB files to any machine volume or folder For more information see Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard on page 17 Note Due to the database nature of the PST file and MAPI subsystem PSTs opened as Source are modified MAILBOX ACCESS If your Administrator is running Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server KOAS and has the Mailbox Permission plug in activated your access to mailboxes within a mailbox store private EDB file may be affected depending on the permission settings If permission to access a mailbox is denied you are not able to access the contents of that specific mailbox The inaccessible mailbox either in the Source or Target pane displays with an inaccessible icon x or is hidden depending on your Preference setting See Setting Preferences on page 148 for more information Note Contact your Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server systems administrator if you need access to inaccessible mailboxes An EDB file that is denied access through the KOAS Mailbox Permission setting affects Find Window An inaccessible mailbox s contents cannot be processed during
179. d that contain politically incorrect content e g tasteless jokes pornography Analyzes the number of emails with confidential content that go out unprotected unencrypted Minimizes the time it takes to determine if someone is using the system for unauthorized activity e g spamming inappropriate downloads starting a business Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 245 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE HAPTER Creating a Content Analysis Store Creating a Content Analysis Store o new content analysis store be created from the File menu from the toolbar or from the Data Wizard After the CAS file is created a new content analysis store shows in the Target pane To create a content analysis store using the toolbar 1 On the toolbar click the Create Open Target Content Analysis Store icon located on the toolbar The Opening a Content Analysis File window appears Opening a Content Analysis File Lookin Datawzed e ER El 11 15step1 cas 11 15step 125 cas e 11 15step2 cas E 11 15step3 cas i 11 15step12 cas E 11 15step123 cas E 11 15step124 cas Ferme Files of type CAS Files X Cancel Figure 10 1 The Opening a Content Analysis File window Z 2 Enter a File name and in the Look in box select a dest
180. demarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners
181. destination by using Copy Paste Keep in mind that using Drag and Drop achieves the same results Guidelines for Restoring a Folder e You use Drag and Drop or Copy Paste to restore a folder to a Target PST root node or folder or to an Exchange Server mailbox or folder If the folder does not exist in the Target destination it 1s created Youcannot restore a folder to an Exchange Server root node e You cannot restore a private folder to a public folder But you can restore messages from a private folder to a public folder Youcannot use the Paste Special command to restore a folder You can use the Paste Special command to restore individual messages only To restore a folder 1 In the Source pane copy a folder e g Inbox 220 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Source X testfile pst EJ Sent Items zs Tasks RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data Source 3 Personal Folde Teste Engr 5 Calendar Teste Engr 8 Contacts C3 0 Teste f Deleted Items 4 Test Engr System Administrator Evno4v mm ete Teste Engr Teste Teste Engr Figure 7 11 The shortcut menu reveals the Copy command another mee meeting Task Reque message 11 Read messi Delivered m message 10 test messag test messag 2 In the Target pane paste the folder into a folder mailbox or PST root node 3 In the Copy Progress window verify your resu
182. ding of Exchange Database EDB PST files or content analysis store CAS files into Ontrack PowerControls and shows you how to specify the Target PST file or Exchange Server Deduplication An automated process of deleting an identical file during processing EDB See Exchange Database Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 273 GLOSSARY GLOSSARY Term Description EIS See Exchange Information Store Exchange Database This file which usually has an EDB extension contains the mailbox folders and messages you see when connecting to an Exchange Server The Exchange Server reads and writes to this file in response to incoming email and events from the clients On Exchange Server 2000 this is one of the two files that make up the Exchange Information Store the other being the STM file Exchange Information Store This is the set of files that make up the data store for private mailboxes and public folders on an Exchange Server For Exchange Server 5 5 this is the single Exchange Database file usually named privl edb and publ edb On Exchange Server 2000 2003 and 2007 the private mailbox data store will consist of the files priv1 edb and priv1 stm and the public folder data store will consist of publ edb and pub2 stm Log Files Transaction log files log files are history files recording server activity These files are useful in restoring and backing up Exchange da
183. dll is in the system path The easiest way to ensure this is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and UltraBac Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup UltraBac X Figure 2 108 Selecting UltraBac in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method Click Next On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 128 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchan
184. dvanced Method takes full advantage of your backup software s knowledge of individual set locations and robotic library support This is the fastest method to extract an Exchange Information Store from the most recent backups managed by your backup server Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 19 1 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Once configured for the Advanced Method Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard seamlessly integrates with your backup software and fully supports your existing catalogs backups and tape library No other changes to your existing backup architecture or settings are required The Advanced Method offers two choices the API method of extraction and the Exchange Emulation method of extraction They share the following requirements Only online Exchange backups are supported This includes full copy incremental and differential backups The backup client software must be installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Note The Exchange Emulation method has additional requirements For information on using the Advanced Method of extracting backed up Exchange data see Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Advanced Method on page 37 20 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard o Exchange Information Store Extraction Sourc
185. e On the next page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Information Store extraction Source Exchange Information Store Extraction Source Please indicate where the files are to be extracted from C Extract from Disk Extract from Tape Insert the tape in your tape device and click Next to continue Enable Prescan for more accurate time estimates Use Catalog File File Figure 1 3 Exchange Information Store Extraction Source Do one of the following Select Extract from Disk Then type the extraction Source file path use the history drop down menu or browse to it Click Next Select Extract from Tape Then insert a backup tape in your tape device and if desired select the Enable Prescan option for more accurate time estimates Click Next If the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard cannot locate a tape in the selected device it will prompt you to insert the tape If you have more than one tape device connected to your system another screen will appear Select the device containing the tape Select Use Catalog File Then browse to a previously created catalog file or use the history drop down menu Look for the ewc extension on the file Click Next Important In order to select this option you must have previously created one or more Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard catalog files For information on creating an Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard catalog file see Step 3 S
186. e Restore Target Computer name This signals CA ARCserve Backup you are restoring an Information Store On the toolbar click Start If the Remote Agent Security is not properly configured the Security window appears Make sure your Server logon account User Name and Password is correct The account you use must have backup operator rights to the Restore Target Computer Click OK The Session User Name and Password window appears Verify the session information is correct Click OK The Submit Job window appears In the Description box enter a description if desired and click OK CA ARCserve Backup will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard When CA ARCserve Backup has finished click OK and close CA ARCserve Backup In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for CA ARCserve Backup and Exchange Server 5 5 1 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli dll is in the system path The easiest way to ensure this is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory 92 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method o 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack
187. e for Windows on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Allow the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to restore backups created by the Exchange Server client Follow the instructions for allowing redirected restores in the NetBackup Administrators Guide On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 or windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data Type REG EXPAND SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 111 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value My Computer 4 Name Type Data m CLASSES ROOT REG 52 29 00 HKEY CURRENT USER Blesebcii2 REG EXPAND 5z C windows system32 esebcli2 dll E LOCAL MACHINE H E HARDWARE HA SAM 0 security H E SOFTWARE 5 0 system H E Controlseto01 m Controlset002 5 03 CurrentControlSet
188. e messages from the message list 2 Do one of the following On the Tools menu click Export e On the toolbar click the Export icon 69 Right click the selection and on the shortcut menu click Export The Export Messages window appears Export Messages Maintain Message Path Export Cancel Help Export To C Documents and Settings My Documents Figure 6 5 MSG or TXT format can be exported 3 In the Format box select MSG or TXT 4 In the Export To box specify the location for the exported messages 5 Select the Maintain Message Path check box if you want to maintain the directory structure of the exported messages 6 Click Export 7 In the Export Progress window verify your messages were successfully exported and click Close The messages appear in the specified location In the illustration below the exported messages come from the User 1 mailbox Folders x 8 Desktop My Documents 8 X My Computer My Network Places Recyde Bin Engineering Client Ops Doc Flow Types useri Inbox Figure 6 6 Messages appear in specified location To export individual messages from the Find window 1 In the Find in Source or Find in Exchange Target window select one or more messages from the message list 2 Right click the selection and on the shortcut menu click Export 3 Perform steps 3 7 in the preceding section 204 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll
189. e reports are Attachment statistics Domain statistics Messages by Database Messages by Profile Folder Messages by Date See Reporting on page 235 for instructions on creating reports Viewing Profiles in Content Analysis Store The Viewing Profiles option allows you to view what profile criteria has been used for a specific content analysis All fields are read only To view a profile 1 Do one of the following to display the Profile Folder Properties page Right click the profile folder in either the Source pane or Target pane and point to View Profile Folder Click the profile in either the Source pane or Target pane click the Profile menu and click View Profile Folder Profile Folder Properties Name moe Search For Exclude Search In p ee N Subject Sent From Sent To Dated After Dated Before Duplicates Check for duplicate messages Figure 10 23 Profile Folder Properties Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 259 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE HAPTER Creating a Content Analysis Store 2 Click OK to exit Missing Database Files If an EDB or log file that belongs to a content analysis store is moved and then the content analysis store is opened there is a prompt to find or remove the missing database files If the EDB is located but the STM is missing Ontrack PowerControls displays an error indicating that the STM needs to be located in the same directory as the EDB
190. e the store with the new location Figure 10 26 This message appears when the temporary file location cannot be found To locate missing temp file directory location On the Missing Database File error message click Browse The Open window appears 2 Navigate to the directory containing the temp files 3 Click OK The Source pane now populates with files Note If just the temp files are missing but the directory exists it recreates the temp files Wrong Database Files When Ontrack PowerControls finishes opening the EDB it checks the database for the correct file in the content analysis store If it does not locate the correct file it determines that there is a different EDB at the original location than when the CAS was originally created An error is displayed and prompts you to remove the file from the CAS Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 261 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE HAPTER Creating a Content Analysis Store Wrong Database File The Content Access Store could not be opened because the EDB database signature does not match F edb priv1 edb Figure 10 27 This message appears when the EDB database signature does not match To remove wrong files 1 On the Wrong Database File error message click Remove 2 A message appears asking if you are sure you want to remove the Source and all related messages from the content analysis store Click OK Remove Source Are you sure you want to permanently remov
191. e this source and all related messages from the Content Analysis Store The original source EDB will not be modified If the source is removed from the CAS all profile Folders in the CAS will be reprocessed Figure 10 28 This message confirms that you want to remove the Source from the CAS 262 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 11 MESSAGE VIEWS Overview You can view all instances of a given message or attachment in the EDB Source s within the same database as well as messages related by conversation in the Message Views option This option is particularly useful in assisting with administrative tasks such as database cleanup activities determining the history or dissemination of a message or grouping messages by conversation thereby allowing you to view them together in context without missing a reply or forward Message views are available for messages in the Source pane find results pane and also from another message view Message views are available only on single messages If multiple messages are selected in the message pane the message view menu items and toolbar buttons are unavailable You can view a message in various ways depending on the message view option selected Upon option selection you are presented the following Message Table View all the messages that are referenced by the same message table row as the selected message Attachment Table View all the messages that h
192. e to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup HP OpenView Storage Data Protector v oue Tm we Figure 2 33 Selecting HP OpenView Storage Data Protector in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 6 Click Next 7 On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 option Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 65 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager f Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Org Figure 2 34 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Connection Parameters 8 Click Next On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete pat
193. easiest way to ensure this is to copy to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is known as the Restore Target Computer Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Symantec Backup Exec Then click Next On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 option Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 85 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups First St St g z Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site REC Figure 2 56 Selecting Exchange Server 5 5 Connection Parameters Click Next On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWiza
194. ed 6 Click Next The Opening Target progress window is displayed If Microsoft Office Outlook does not recognize the Mailbox Name a Check Name window appears 172 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window ee o Check Name Microsoft Office Outlook does not recognize jbowen Change to pem EPI Jane Bowen jane e bowen Figure 4 24 Check Name 7 Select a new Mailbox Name from the Change to list and click OK The connection completes and the Completing the Data Wizard page appears 8 Click Finish To open a multiple mailboxes in a live Exchange Server as a Target 1 Do one of the following to display the Connect To Exchange Server window On the File menu click Open Create Target and then click Open Target Exchange Server On the toolbar click the Open Target Exchange Server icon L 2 Under Connect options click Connect to all mailboxes on server 3 Enter Exchange Information Domain Controller The domain controller is needed to retrieve the list of mailboxes from Active Directory It must match the existing Exchange Server Server Name The Server Name must match the existing Exchange Server 4 Select Connect To Public Folders if desired 5 Click OK If the server is already open a message appears asking you if you want to close the current server and continue
195. ee Sorting Messages in the Message Lists on page 143 The Source content analysis store message list includes file type Database Database and Path The Source content analysis store profile folder message list includes file type Attachment if any From Subject Create Date Database Folder and Status For more information on content analysis stores see Content Analysis Store on page 245 The Target pane can display one or more Target PST files and or one Target mailbox public folders and mailboxes from an Exchange Server and content analysis stores CAS with profile folders The Target acts as a container for your restored files If a Target is a newly created PST file it defaults to 10 Outlook folders If a Target is an existing PST file or Exchange Server it shows whatever folders are in the Target It is into these folders that you paste and restore your message items For information on restoring message items see Restoring Exchange Data on page 209 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Ontrack PowerControls Main Window Target C Documents and Target C Documents and 4 Target C Documents and 9 QQ 11 15step1 9 Dbase BI Profie 1 competed YP erson Folders RA Profile2 Completed 4 Brad RA Profile3 Completed E Calendar Personal Folders Eti Contacts Brad 7 Deleted Items 28 Calendar Drafts ES Contacts Evno4v30aa
196. ent software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 2 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory e Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data Type REG_EXPAND_SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value My Computer aj Name Type Data m HKEY CLASSES ROOT jab REG 57 9 00 HKEY CURRENT USER BB esebcliz REG EXPAND SZ C windows system32 esebcli2 dll 3 _ LOCAL MACHINE H E HARDWARE EC sam security H A SOFTWARE 51 0 system H Controlsetoo1 Controlsetoaz H CurrentControlSet 5 08 Control Ei C BackupRestore Gg 4 Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControl5et Control BackupRestore DLLPaths 7 Figure 2 52 Example of Setting the Registry Key 3 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is known as the Restore Target Computer Click Next 5 On the Method of
197. eport Save to save the report to your hard drive or Close to close the Copy Progress window 182 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Auditing Failure o The EDB Source you copied is now a new mailbox in the Target pane Note If the mailbox already exists and is accessible it is added to the Target directory and shown as accessible Ifthe Source mailbox did not exist in the Target directory a new mailbox is created on either a new user account or an existing user account Ifthe mailbox you just created is not accessible it displays in the Target directory and shown as inaccessible Preference Settings Two options have been added to the Options tab of the Preferences window regarding mailbox creation through copy See Setting Preferences on page 148 for more information Allow mailbox creation during copy Prompt whether to create mailboxes during copy Auditing Failure If your Administrator is running the Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server auditing service any failure of the audit log warns you with a message giving you the option to retry re connect or abort Ontrack PowerControls or Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Once the audit log is confirmed to have failed Ontrack PowerControls or Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard starts the process of shutting down Contact your Administrator if restarting the applications is not successful Copyright 20
198. er Single Mailbox C Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes Content Analysis Store Content Analysis Store Path Browse ze peso Figure 4 9 Select Content Analysis Store in the Target Type amp Path Selection 2 Do one of the following f you know the Target CAS file path enter it in the Content Analysis Store Path box Click Browse to open the Create Content Analysis File window and navigate to the desired location Then create a new CAS file by typing a name in the File name box or select an existing CAS file Next click Open The path of the Target CAS file appears in the Content Analysis Store Path box 3 Click Next Data Wizard Now Processing Data File The Now Processing Data File page of the Data Wizard reports the processing of the EDB file in three stages pre scanning the log files integrity check scanning the log files 1 e playing the log files and hashing the EDB file building a folder hierarchy When the processing is complete Ontrack PowerControls automatically proceeds to the next page Note If Ontrack PowerControls encounters bad or missing log files during log playing you will be given the option to continue without playing the logs If you choose to continue Ontrack PowerControls processes the EDB without logs Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 161 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS IES Running the Data Wizard No log files found No log files were found
199. er for restored files Keep in mind that the Target pane could just as easily display an Exchange Server Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 133 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls Main Window Ontrack PowerControls x Menu Fe Edit View Tools Help we PSSE 5 Source powercontrols data PST s D rom Subject Create Date stus 9 Sources XQ Source 1 Center 12 Status Thu 11 01 200 E Calendar Center 12 Escalated Thu 12 22 200 Center 12 PES system Mon 10 02 200 Source Lg vend ems Center 12 Escalated PO Thu 11 12 2003 Pane EA Drafts H inane Center 12 Escalated Thu 11 12 2003 Center 12 Escalated PO Thu 11 12 2003 Source Message List et Center 12 Escalated PO Thu 11 12 2003 EA Pending 5 04 Reference Journal 22 2 D 0 From Subject Create Date 28 Calendar Kg3hjg2aaa EX QhmallDFr oup Wed 6 25 2003 t3 LE Contacts PebrheraaasEX FQUWNOVrK ou Wed 6 25 2003 Target ri Kg3hjzmaaa EX PRYtwyycp oup Wed 6 25 2003 Pane Folder 1 PebrhcbbaaEX zIkavsEZy oups Wed 6 25 2003 A Folder2 Kg3hjzmaaa EX ySAPofZCe oup Wed 6 25 2003 Target Message List EA Folder 3 Kg3hjz2aaa EX vypelPNLVV oup Wed 6 25 2003 EA Folder 4 Kg3hjzuaaa EX nrpxjLo w oup
200. erControls license file Standard Edition with 6 Agents enabled Kroll Ontrack Inc License File Any modification will invalidate this file CopyrightO 2007 Kroll Ontrack Inc Product Product Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Edition Standard 0x5203 Mb0tLhF7bt0qqycXmnoiuxsyyMvnCbD YE49gHoBZShE SLN SLN Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Standard Edition Licensed Mailboxes 100 U7 1pLkB7ANO Licensed Agents Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 11 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION About the Exchange Database PCA50D2 FCB8KM Mr0aLjF7Nd1 qwIX2npru30yu8vdCb3 Yao8dHrNZ PCAS0OE2 BEC69X Mr0aLjF7Nd1 qwMX2npru3kyvcvcCbPY GI8IHrNZ PCA5092 CEB7ZE Mr0aLjF7Nd1 q38X2npru3gyvcvdCbLYe48 VHrNZ PCAS0F2 58DEZY Mr0aLjF7Nd1 qwAX2npruw4ywMvbCcD Ye48JHrNZ PCA5032 EFXAPH Mr0aLjF7Nd1 q3UX2npru34yvsvHCcTYc Y8YHIrNZ PCA5072 A33FDL Mr0aLjF7Nd1 q3EX2npru30yy8usCcPYZY 8cHrNZ sPCA50D2 FCB8KM Agent for Advanced Searching PCASOF2 58DEZY Agent for Administrative Services PCASOE2 BEC69X Agent for Content Analysis PCA5092 CEB7ZE Agent for PST as Source PCA5032 EFXAPH Agent for NT Backup PCA5072 A33FDL Agent for Veritas NetBackup gt Licensed Servers 1 ExchangeServer1 U713LIB7Rd02qyUXgHonu 1 Uyn8v6CdbYRISiHsVZgxGcg7HCVyk AUTHENTICATION Checksum b422 About the Exchange Database The Exchange database consists of the following files e edb file rich text database file contains data placed in the store th
201. ervers and mailboxes The Commercial Edition is licensed based on an unlimited number of servers and mailboxes for a specified period of time Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 7 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Ontrack PowerControls Editions Ontrack PowerControls also offers a free edition With this edition you can open an Exchange database EDB file search mailboxes one at a time and view messages Agents Feature Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Enterprise Edition Server name enforcement Ontrack Ontrack EW Ontrack PowerControls PowerControls PowerControls ExtractWizard Edition Feature PC Ontrack PowerControls Ontrack 100 mailbox and EW Agent for Microsoft NT Backup PowerControls 5 0 server name included Standard Edition enforcement EW Agent for Symantec Backup Exec Ontrack 250 mailbox and priced separately PowerControls 5 0 Server name EW Agent for EMC NetWorker priced Business Edition enforcement separately EW Agent for CA ARCserve Backup priced separately EW Agent for VERITAS NetBackup priced separately EW Agent for IBM Tivoli Storage Manager priced separately EW Agent for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector priced separately EW Agent for Comm Vault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery priced separately EW Agent for UltraBac priced separately PC Agent for PST Source price separately PC Agent for Advanced Searching priced separately PC Agent for Co
202. es If you select Yes the following window is displayed Connection Point Manager Use Active Directory to locate server Servers advertised on Active Directory Address port My connections Figure 4 2 Connection Point Manager To add a server 1 Deselect Use Active Directory to locate server if it is selected 2 Click Add The Server Information window appears 154 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Running the Data Wizard Server Information Server address name or IP address e oom Port number 0 to 65 535 491 52 Cancel Le ace Figure 4 3 Enter Server Information 3 Enter the Server address name or IP address and click OK Before You Use the Data Wizard Use the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard if you have not yet restored backed up Exchange Information Store data The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard reads previous Exchange Server backups and restores EDB files to any machine volume or folder For more information see Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard on page 17 Data Wizard Welcome Page 1 Click Start and then point to Programs Point to Kroll Ontrack point to Ontrack PowerControls and then click Ontrack PowerControls The Data Wizard appears 2 If you do not want to run the Data Wizard every time you start Ontrack PowerControls deselect the Run On Startup check box Click Next o o Cop
203. es from an off line EDB file Ontrack PowerControls generates a single PST file for each user s mailbox See Exporting to PST on page 205 for more information Exporting Messages The following instructions show you how to export an EDB file a PST file a CAS file a CAS profile folder mailboxes folders and messages from the Source pane in the Ontrack PowerControls main window They also show you how to export messages from the Find in Source or Find in Exchange Target window Note Only accessible mailbox items can be exported If you are exporting a CAS file only accessible mailboxes are included in the export To export an entire EDB file 1 In the Source pane select the EDB file 2 Do one of the following On the Tools menu click Export On the toolbar click the Export icon amp Right click the EDB file and on the shortcut menu click Export The Export EDB window appears Export EDB Export Cancel Help Export To C Documents and Settings My Documents Figure 6 1 MSG or TXT format can be selected for Export In the Format box select MSG or TXT In the Export To box specify the location for the exported EDB file Click Export In the Export Progress window verify the EDB file was successfully exported and click Close Nn A To export a PST file a mailbox or a folder 1 In the Source pane select a PST file a mailbox or a folder e g Inbox 2 Do one of the f
204. es should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report m lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 1 15 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 32 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard o Exchange Information Store Copy Progress The Exchange Information Store Copy Progress page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard shows the progress of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard extracting the Exchange Information Store data to the destination folder This process may take some time The top bar indicates the progress for the file that is currently being extracted The bottom bar indicates the progress for all of the files For EMC NetWorker and NetBackup tapes the top bar may switch back and forth between files if they are interleaved During file extraction Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard can be in one of four states initializing reading processing one block at a time scanning seeking ahead multiple blocks and rewinding Exchange Information Store Copy Progress Please wait while the Exchange Information Store files are copied to the destination Processing ExtractwWizard Data 4 13 2006 EXCH2003 Public Folde
205. est test Message Views bo Personal Folder Teste Engr Testb Engr test message UJ200T 3 Personal Folder Teste Engr Test Engr recall test 2 Fri 4 20 2001 3 Personal Folder Teste Engr Test Engr 1 recall test Fri 4 20 2001 3 Personal Folder Teste Engr Testd Engr test recall Fri 4 20 2001 3 Personal Folder Figure 7 4 Copying messages from the Find in Source window 2 In the Target pane use Paste Special to paste the messages into a PST root node or folder 3 In the Copy Progress window verify that your messages were successfully copied You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Click Save to save the copy report as a text file 216 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data 4 In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the Ontrack PowerControls main window Results of Restoring Messages to a PST Root Node or Folder with Paste Special All unduplicated messages appear in the Target destination and their directory structure will be preserved Target C Documents and Settings My Documents Mondays Files pst Eee Tum From Subject Create Date Er B4 aid Exch55B User 1 made some cha 3 11 2003 Paste Special Ctri Y Microsoft Welcome to Mic Fri 8 09 2002 s Ctrl4 R Evno4v3zaa PC GugMasRWl ou
206. esults 204 Find in Exchange Target 205 209 Find in Source 200 209 Find in Sources 199 Find window opening messages 288 Folders in the Target Pane creating 226 deleting 226 renaming 226 G guidelines for restoring messages 228 for restoring messages with Copy Paste 228 for restoring messages with Paste Special 230 for selecting an Exchange data base 166 restoring a folder 234 restoring a mailbox 236 restoring an EDB file 237 restoring to public folders 238 using the Find dialog box 199 H Help online Help 14 hiding the preview pane 150 hiding the toolbar and status bar 152 I illustration 143 importing profile criteria 268 inaccessible mailbox 180 189 inaccessible mailboxes 160 inputting saved profile criteria 269 Integrity Check 157 K Keyboard Shortcuts 5 L license agents for Ontrack Power Controls 9 license file 11 live Exchange Server opening mailboxes 181 Live Microsoft Exchange Server 179 log files 290 organizing the Exchange data base files for Ontrack Pow erControls 13 131 M mailbox access 179 mailbox creation 159 193 mailbox or folder exporting 216 Mailbox Settings 189 mailbox enabled user create 186 Main window menu bar 148 Source message list 146 Source pane 144 Target pane 146 toolbar 149 manual mailbox creation 159 menu bar 148 Menu Commands and Shortcuts 15 message msg export 215 Message Report 212 message table view 283 290 message view integrity check
207. ethods provided by the client side dll files For more information see Using the API Method on page 39 The API method is used for these types of backup software IBM Tivoli Storage Manager see Using the API Method for IBM Tivoli Storage Manager on page 39 EMC NetWorker see Using the API Method for EMC NetWorker on page 45 Exchange Emulation With this method Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears as an Exchange Server to the backup software You run the backup software and extract the Exchange data to the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard For more information see Using the Exchange Emulation Method on page 52 The Exchange Emulation method is used for these types of backup software Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 37 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER 2 Overview HP OpenView Storage Data Protector see Exchange Emulation for HP OpenView Storage Data Protector on page 64 e Symantec Backup Exec see Exchange Emulation for Symantec Backup Exec 8 6 and 9 1 10 1 11d on page 72 VERITAS NetBackup see Exchange Emulation for Veritas NetBackup on page 97 CA ARCserve Backup see Exchange Emulation for CA ARCserve Backup on page 88 e CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery see Exchange Emulation for CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery on page 115 Requirements for Using the Ontrack PowerCont
208. eval system or translated into a language or computer language in any form by any means electronic mechanical optical chemical manual or otherwise without the express written consent of Kroll Ontrack Inc Ontrack PowerControls 5 01 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc U S CONTACT INFORMATION 9023 Columbine Road Eden Prairie MN 55347 Toll Free 800 872 2599 Phone 952 937 5161 Web http www ontrackpowercontrols com Software Sales Toll Free 800 645 3649 Email software ontrackpowercontrols com Technical Support Phone 952 937 2121 Email support ontrackpowercontrols com Web http www ontrackpowercontrols com support Hours 8 00 a m 5 00 p m M F CST Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTERNATIONAL CONTACT INFORMATION Canada 155 Gordon Baker Road Suite 210 Toronto Ontario M2H 3N7 Canada Web http www ontrackpowercontrols ca Software Sales Toll Free 800 645 3649 Email software ontrackpowercontrols ca Technical Support Phone 952 937 2121 Email support ontrackpowercontrols ca Web http www ontrackpowercontrols ca support United Kingdom The Pavilions 1 Weston Road Kiln Lane Epsom Surrey KT17 1JG United Kingdom Web http www ontrackpowercontrols co uk Software Sales Tel 44 0 1372 741 999 Email software ontrackpowercontrols co uk Technical Support Tel 44 0 1372 744 422 Email support ontrackpowercontrols co uk Web http www ontr
209. f Attachments Cumulative size of attachments of each type found in messages Average Attachment Size Cumulative size of attachments of each type divided by the cumulative number of attachments found in messages Percent of Total by Number Number of attachments of each type divided by total attachments of all types Percent of Total by Size Total size of attachments of each type divided by the total size of attachments of all types SIS Number of Attachments SIS number of attachments of each type NA for PST Sources SIS Size of Attachments SIS size of attachments of each type NA for PST Sources SIS Percent of Total by Size SIS size of attachments of each type divided by SIS size of attachments of all types in attachment table NA for PST Sources Domain Statistics Report The Domain Statistics report provides statistics on messages grouped by the domain from which the messages were sent The domain is determined using PR SENDER ADDRTYPE in combination with the PR SENDER EMAIL ADDRESS as follows f PR SENDER ADDRTYPE is or SYSTEM then it is an Exchange message and the domain is internal If PR SENDER ADDRTYPE is SMTP then the domain is whatever follows the in the PR SENDER EMAIL ADDRESS property f PR SENDER ADDRTYPE is something else then the domain is unknown Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 239
210. f that option is selected Ontrack PowerControls opens it as a Target and resumes processing on all remaining profiles To open a content analysis store as Source 1 One the File menu click Open Source The Select Source Files window opens Data Wizard Source Path Selection Please browse for the EDB or PST file you will be using as your source Click the Browse button to find the correct source file to open using this wizard If you would not like to open a source file at this time click the Skip button to move on to your next selection Source File edb pst cas MM Browse Log File Path log pat chk Browse Temporary File Path idx dat Ikp C DOCUME 1 LOCALS 1 Temp PC Browse cms Figure 10 18 The Source Path Selection window is used to open a CAS as Source 2 Click Browse to the right of Source File edb pst cas The Open window appears 3 Select a cas file and click Open 4 In the Select Source Files window click OK A Source content analysis store appears in the left pane of Source Target C Documents and Settings Desktop test pst 0 11 15step2 RA Profile 1 Completed Profile2 Completed Content Store Figure 10 19 A Source content analysis store root and profile folders Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 257 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store Vie
211. fi Software Sales Tel 358 9 2727 210 Fax 4358 9 2727 2121 Email software ontrackpowercontrols fi Technical Sales Tel 358 9 2727 210 Email support ontrackpowercontrols fi Web http www ontrackpowercontrols fi Technical Support Phone 47 62 81 01 00 Email support ontrackpowercontrols dk Web http www ontrackpowercontrols dk Singapore No 31 TohGuan Road East 06 10 LW Technocentre Singapore 608608 Web http www ontrackdatarecovery com sg email recovery software Software Sales Phone 65 6296 5131 Email software ontrackpowercontrols com Technical Support Phone 1 952 937 2121 Email support ontrackpowercontrols com Web http www ontrackdatarecovery com sg software support These locations are currently operating under the Ibas brand which was acquired by Kroll Inc in 2006 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CONTENTS INMFOGUCUON 1 COV EL VIEW E 1 Five Major Reasons for Using Ontrack PowerControls esee 1 Ontrack PowerControls5 0 Enhancements 2 System Requirements iode ca 3 Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 nsise saci eae arasa ira iesse 3 Mailbox Creation Wizard iniunat siii kansi 4 Configuring Microsoft
212. folder has the same criteria as the search criteria such as From To Subject etc Only messages matching the criteria are contained in the profile Multiple profile folders are possible Every profile folder processes simultaneously This allows you to make many separate searches profiles for the same set of Sources After the processing is complete you can open the content analysis store as a Source This allows you to use the CAS for searching copying exporting and integrity checks It allows you to copy the data out of the CAS into PSTs or to an Exchange Server It allows you to repeatedly use a specific set of profile results without having to rerun the profile processing The results of the profile can be saved between sessions using the CAS You can also save the CAS on one computer and reopen it on a different computer to share the results of a profile Content analysis stores provide a method for an email administrator to perform content analysis offline from their production server This feature Minimizes the time it takes to detect filter out emails that include specific content Minimizes the time it takes to detect filter out a specific type of email file that is being sent or received e g specific extension subject date Analyzes the number of emails being sent received that contain what could be legally damaging content e g admission of guilt Analyzes the number of emails being sent receive
213. formation on access rights see About Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server on page 211 To restore an EDB file 1 In the Source pane select the EDB file 2 On the Edit menu click Copy Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 223 CHAPTER 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data In the Target pane select the Exchange Server root node 4 On the Edit menu click Paste In the Copy Progress window review your results to make sure all the messages were copied to the Target destination You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Click Save to save the copy report as a text file In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the Ontrack PowerControls main window Results of restoring an EDB file Ontrack PowerControls attempts to connect to each mailbox in the Target pane one at a time and copies each message to its corresponding mailbox and folder If the folder does not exist it will be created If the mailbox does not exist Ontrack PowerControls logs an error in the Copy Progress window skips the entire mailbox and continues the operation Restoring to Public Folders The following instructions show you how to restore messages or public folders to a public folder Target An option to open public folders is available upon connection to an Exchange Server Important Ontrack PowerControls ope
214. from a backup disk or tape Saving a catalog file means that the next time you extract from that tape or backup disk you can skip the catalog process To save a Catalog File 1 On the Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the files you want to extract and then select the Save Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Catalog File check box 2 Browse to the desired location type a file name and click Save Note that the catalog file is not saved until you click Next Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk Catalog Exchange Information Store File Size Date Spans 3 2 2003 3 31 E010004E log 5 00MB 9 2 20039 334M No ExCH Second Storage Group ED10004F log 500 9 2 20039 33AM No D 972 2003 9 32 AM E0100050 log 500MB 9 2 20039 334M No i D Storage Group 0100051 og 500MB 9 2 2003933AM No ues 0100052109 500 9 2 2003 9 33AM No 0100053109 500 9 2 2003 9 33 No 0100054 log 500MB 9 2 2003 9 33AM No E0100055 log 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33AM No E0100056 log 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33AM No E0100057 log 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33AM No E0100058 log 5 00MB 9 2 2003 9 33AM No lt gt If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files 14 Total Size 1
215. fware used to create the backup NT Backup Symantec Backup Exec CA BrightStor ARCserve EMC NetWorker Veritas NetBackup IBM Tivoli Storage Manager HP OpenView Storage Data Protector Figure 1 2 Selecting IBM Tivoli Storage Manager in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method DIRECT METHOD The Direct Method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed This method is useful if the original backup software is unavailable and you know the tapes on which the Exchange Information Store backups reside The Direct Method has the following requirements The tape drive must be directly attached to the computer and configured and active in the Windows Device Manager The latest Windows drivers supplied directly from the manufacturer of the tape drive hardware should be installed for best results Both online and offline Exchange backups are supported As Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard reads tapes one at a time you must manually insert and eject each tape when prompted If Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is installed on your backup server make sure the services for the backup software are disabled ADVANCED METHOD The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Advanced Method uses your existing backup software to extract an Exchange database from a backup server or tape library across the network to the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The A
216. g PC User 1 Source X Mtestfile pst Sent Items Tasks Teste Engr another mee G Source 3 Personal Folde Teste Engr wie Calendar Teste Engr Task Reque nes 0 Teste Engr message 11 Deleted Items ea Test Engr Read messi i System Administrator Delivered iea Integrity Check Ctrl I Teste Engr te Teste test messag Teste Engr test messag Teste Enar recall test 2 Copy Ctrl C JO Find Ctrl F Target C Doc amp Export Properties Figure 7 13 The shortcut menu reveals the Copy command 2 In the Target pane paste the mailbox into a folder mailbox PST root node or Exchange Server root node 222 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data ee o 3 In the Copy Progress window verify your results to make sure that your messages from all mailboxes were copied to the Target destination You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Click Save to save the copy report as a text file 4 In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the Ontrack PowerControls main window Results of restoring a mailbox All unduplicated messages in a mailbox are restored and their directory structure is preserved If the mailbox does not exist in the Target destination a folder with its na
217. g and defaults to the last known location of the logs 260 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store e o o To locate the missing log files 1 On the Missing Database File error message click Browse The Open window appears 2 Navigate to the directory containing the logs and click OK The Source pane now populates with files Important When logs are removed the complete Source EDB is removed from the CAS as well as any Source folders or mailboxes that also reference that EDB and logs MissiNG STM FiLES When there are missing stm files you are prompted to remove the files To remove missing stm files 1 On the Missing Database File error message click Remove 2 A message asking you to confirm your decision to remove the file is displayed Click OK Important When the stm is removed the complete Source EDB is removed from the CAS as well as any Source folders or mailboxes that also reference that EDB and stm MissiNG TEMP FILES DIRECTORY LOCATION When there are missing temp file directory locations you are prompted to locate the temp file directory location The Browse button opens a Browse for Folder window and defaults to the current temporary path set by Ontrack PowerControls Missing Database File PowerControls can not open the store because the temporary file location cannot be found C DOCUME 1 user11 LOCALS 1 Temp Click Browse to updat
218. ge Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups First St St g Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site REC Figure 2 109 Selecting Exchange Server 5 5 Connection Parameters Click Next 8 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 110 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 12
219. h to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report ae lt Back Next gt Exit Figure 2 35 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 66 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start HP OpenView Storage Data Protector Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents
220. hange Server Site and Org names Site Org lt Back Next gt Ext Help Figure 2 42 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Connection Parameters Select the Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 option In the Storage Groups box enter the name of the storage group you will be extracting The storage group name is case sensitive and must match exactly the name that appears in the Exchange System Manager You can enter multiple storage groups separated by semicolons G 9 Click Next 10 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 73 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Re
221. have selected To open and view messages in the Message Table View 1 In the message pane select an EDB message 2 Do one of the following to display the Message Table View Click the Message Table View icon p on the toolbar Right click a message and point to Message Views then click Message Table View Click the Tools menu point to Message Views then click Message Table View Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 267 11 MESSAGE VIEWS HAPTER Message View Options Note The first time opening a view on this EDB a message appears stating that a Message View file needs to generated Attachment Table View Choosing the Attachment Table View option displays all of the messages in the same EDB that have an attachment referencing the same attachment table row as the selected attachment Single Instance Storage If the message contains multiple attachments a sub menu listing each individual attachment allows the selection of an individual attachment Example A message with an attachment is sent from Userl to User2 and User3 User3 forwards the email to User4 The attachment is stored in the attachment table only once single instance storage A user opens up the Exchange database EDB containing these messages and creates an Attachment Table View on the message in Userl s Sent Items folder The Attachment Table View contains five messages one in Userl s Sent Items one in User2 s Inbox one is User3 s Inbox one
222. he following options Message Table View Attachment Table View Conversation View To open a message in the Message Table View Attachment Table View or Conversation View double click on the message in the table e o o Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 271 11 MESSAGE VIEWS HAPTER Find in Source Window in Message Views Find in Source Window in Message Views You can open a message view from the Find in Source window by using the Message Views sub menu on the Find Window s top level Tools menu The messages in the Find in Source window s results pane also have the Message Views shortcut menu by right clicking on a message and pointing to Message Views To open messages in Find in Source window result pane in different views 1 Click the Find icon 2 on the toolbar The Find in Source window is displayed 2 Enter search criteria in the appropriate fields 3 Click Find Now The Results pane appears with the search results A Find in Source File Edit Tools f Search in folder Source 7 PUB EDB Folder 1 Browse C Search in results Search for words TEE Previous Exclude words p 1 Clear Fields Clear Results Search in Message Subject Attachment File Name s Message Body Attachment Text Sent from Sent to Created Date after 15 200 Created Date before 15 2007 Save Report Results AaaaMexch55 Aaaa
223. he Browse button to find the correct source file to open using this wizard If you would not like to open a source file at this time click the Skip button to move on to your next selection r Source File edb pst cas v Browse Log File Path 100 pat chk 3 Browse Temporary File Path idx dat Ikp C DOCUME 1 LOCALS 1 Temp PC Figure 10 4 Selecting a CAS file in the Source Path Selection 3 In the Source File box click Browse to find the Source EDB you wish to search If you do not want to open a Source EDB file at this time click Skip 4 Click Next The Target Type amp Path Selection page of the Data Wizard appears Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 247 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE HAPTER Creating a Content Analysis Store Data Wizard Target Type amp Path Selection Please select the type and path of the target file you will be using as your container for the restored data Please select the type of target you wish to open The target is where you plan to copy messages to and may be a PST file Content Analysis Store or a live Exchange server Select Target PST File Connect To Exchange Server Single Mailbox C Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes C Content Analysis Store Target PST File PO Browse eme ome cms Figure 10 5 The Target Type amp Path Selection window 5 Select Content Analysi
224. heck box is selected the restore will fail Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 87 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 19 Select one or both of the following check boxes Select the Restore public folder if you would like to restore the pub edb Select the Restore private mailboxes if you would like to restore the priv edb 20 Click Run Now Backup Exec will display a warning about restoring a server with different Site and Organization names You can safely click Yes Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard and Ontrack PowerControls do not depend on the Site and Organization names Backup Exec will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 21 When Backup Exec has finished click OK and close Backup Exec 22 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for CA ARCserve Backup Exchange Emulation for CA ARCserve Backup and Exchange Server 2000 2003 1 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory e Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 or windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry
225. hese options are available in any Message View Copying Messages Messages within a Message View can be copied and pasted into folders in the Target pane via the Edit menu or shortcut menu For more information about copying messages see Restoring Exchange Data on page 209 Exporting Messages Messages within a Message View can be exported as any message can via the Tools menu or shortcut menu For more information see Exporting Messages on page 201 Integrity Check Messages within a Message View can have an integrity check performed on them via the Tools menu or shortcut menu For more information see Looking at the Interface on page 133 Message Views Messages within a Message View can be viewed in any of the three Message View options Message Table View Attachment Table View or Conversation View The message view options are only available if a single message is selected 266 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Message View Options MESSAGE VIEWS Message View Options You have the option of viewing all instances of a given message or attachment in the EDB Source s in three different ways Message Table Attachment Table View and Conversation View Message Table View Choosing the Message Table View option displays all the messages from the same EDB that reference the same message table row Single Instance Storage Example ee o A message is sent to Userl User2 and Use
226. hn Doe would be named John Doe 1 pst If John Doe 1 pst also exists then the exported PST would be named John Doe 2 pst Note There is a 2 GB limit for Outlook 97 2002 style PSTs See Limits for PST and Folder Targets on page 210 for more information About the Export Progress Window cr n Each time you attempt to export messages the Export Progress window appears This window displays the following information Source and Target Export start time Number of folders to export Number of messages to export Warnings or errors encountered during the export process If an error occurs on a message the message subject and Source path along with an error message will be displayed If the message does not have a subject the date created and message sender will be displayed instead Total folders and messages successfully exported Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 207 6 EXPORTING MESSAGES HAPTER Saving and Printing the Report Export Progress Exporting Total number of messages to be processed 1 All messages successfully exported Export finished on 10 19 2006 at 10 56 AM Export Finished 00h 00m 00s HERS EET EOD E ET ED ELE E CD CLE ECOLE E GR EE E E GL LE E E E HI Print Save Figure 6 9 The export progress is shown Note fan error occurs that Ontrack PowerControls can recover from such as a corruption that prevents it from getting a message property Ontrack
227. ht clicking on the profile folder and selecting Properties Properties of Profile1 Full Path Content Analysis Store Profile Number of Messages 127 Approximate Total Size of Messages 0 Bytes Number of Messages Processed 641 Status Finished counting Processing State ante processing with errors Errors were when writing the Content Analysis Store 0 00000000 Figure 10 11 An error message displays when processing cannot be completed SAVING AND IMPORTING PROFILE CRITERIA Profile criteria can be saved and later imported into a new profile in the Create Profile window to save time To save a profile criteria 1 On the File menu click Save Criteria A Create Profile Folder Save Criteria Use Previous Criteria Exit m Figure 10 12 The File menu leads to the Save Criteria command 2 In the Save As window enter a File name and click Save Be sure to note where the criteria file is being saved in the Look in box 252 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store Note The profile folder name is not saved To import saved profile criteria 1 On the File menu click Use Previous Criteria A Create Profile Folder File Save Criteria Use Previous Criteria Figure 10 13 The File menu leads to the Use Previous Criteria command 2 In the Open window select the previously saved profile criteria txt file
228. ial folder creation folder renaming and the search functions are available for the accessible mailboxes A mailbox or server cannot be renamed To open a single mailbox in a live Exchange Server as a Target 1 Do one of the following to display the Connect To Exchange Server window On the File menu click Open Create Target then click Open Target Exchange Server On the toolbar click the Open Target Exchange Server icon p 170 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window ee o Connect Exchange Seryer Connect options Connectto a single mailbox C Connectto all mailboxes on server Exchange Information Mailbox Name pbon Server Name pc2000 Connect To Public Folders Figure 4 22 Connect To Exchange Server 2 Under Connect options click Connect to a single mailbox 3 Enter Exchange Information Mailbox Name The mailbox name must match exactly what is in the Exchange Server Server Name The Server Name must match the existing Exchange Server 4 Select Connect To Public Folders if desired 5 Click OK The Opening Target process begins This may take several minutes 6 The Opening Target progress report can be printed or saved if desired Otherwise click Close to close the progress window and display the opened mailboxes in the Target pane To open mailbox
229. ializing stage Do one of the following Click Cancel if you want to stop the catalog process If you click Cancel the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard catalog will display all files that it found to that point When the catalog is completed click Next to proceed to the next page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Catalog Progress Please wait while we search for Exchange Information Store data Cataloging E Temp Exchange Server bkf Time Elapsed 00h 00m 00s Time Remaining 00h 00m 00s Throughput 0 00 bytes hr Bytes Searched Initializing Q Figure 1 5 Catalog Progress 24 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard o Exchange Information Store Selection On the Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard you can select both the private and public Exchange Information Store files that you want to extract from an Exchange backup This page of the wizard requires you to perform four steps Step 1 Viewing an Exchange Backup Step 2 Extracting an Online or Offline Backup Step 3 Saving a Catalog File Step 4 Completing the Exchange Information Store Selection STEP 1 VIEWING AN EXCHANGE BACKUP 1 On the left side of the window click the plus sign next to a backup set to view its volumes 2 Select a volume select its na
230. ick Paste or Paste Special For more information on using the Paste Special command see Restoring Messages with Paste Special on page 215 Click the Paste icon on the toolbar Press Ctrl V Paste or Ctrl Y Paste Special To use drag and drop Drag an item from the Source pane into a folder in the Target pane Dragging and dropping achieves the same results as copying and pasting To use drag and drop when right clicking a Source item 1 In the Source pane select one or more messages 2 Right click the selected messages and drag them to a folder in the Target pane Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 213 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA HAPTER Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data 3 When you let go of the mouse a shortcut menu appears On the shortcut menu click Paste or Paste Special For more information on using the Paste Special command see Restoring Messages with Paste Special on page 215 Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data This section provides examples of restoring messages folders mailboxes and even an entire EDB file to the desired destination In each case it provides guidelines for restoring messages Note The concepts in this chapter apply to both EDB and PST files unless otherwise noted even though all of the following examples are EDB files Restoring Messages with Copy Paste The following instructions show you how to restore individual messages to a folder i
231. id object in the Target pane and click Find Onthe Tools menu click Find On the toolbar click the Find icon p Press F3 2 Conduct search as described in Searching Sources on page 186 Tip Exchange Server Target search results can have an Integrity Check performed either by right clicking the message or click Integrity Check in the Tools menu Managing Message Items Once you have performed a Target search several functions are available on the search results including cut move export copy and delete MoviNG MESSAGE ITEMS Moving message items from the search results to another folder within the Target directory removes the message items from the original location You can move message items by using the Move To Folder function or by dragging and dropping to the destination folder Move to Folder Ontrack PowerControls presents you with a Move To Folder option and a corresponding Move Items destination selection window Note Message items cannot be moved to a Content Analysis Store CAS Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 191 E FINDING MESSAGES HAPTER Searching Microsoft Exchange Server Target To move to folder using Move To Folder 1 Do one of the following to display the Move Items window Right click the message item s in the search results and click Move To Folder Onthe Edit menu click Move To Folder 2 Select a folder as the destination and click OK The Copy Progress window appears
232. igate to the desired location Then create a new PST file by typing a name in the File name box or select an existing PST file Next click Open The path of the Target PST file appears in the Target PST File path box 3 Click Next To specify an Exchange Server as the Target for restored data for a Single Mailbox 1 Select the Connect to Exchange Server Single Mailbox option 158 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Running the Data Wizard ee o Data Wizard Target Type amp Path Selection Please select the type and path of the target file you will be using as your container for the restored data Please select the type of target you wish to open The targetis where you plan to copy messages to and may be a PST file Content Analysis Store or alive Exchange server Select Target C PST File Connect To Exchange Server Single Mailbox C Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes C Content Analysis Store Target Exchange Server Mailbox Name pbon Server Mame 2000 Connect To Public Folders Skip gt gt Cancel Figure 4 7 Selecting Connect To Exchange Server Single Mailbox brings up the Target Exchange Server section 2 For Mailbox and Server Name boxes type the mailbox and server names Tip If you do not know the full name of the mailbox type the first letter of the mailbox in the Mailbox Name box and click Next In the Check Name windo
233. il software ontrackpowercontrols no Technical Support Phone 47 62 81 01 00 Email support ontrackpowercontrols no Web http www ontrackpowercontrols no Sweden Drottninggatan 7 753 10 Uppsala Sverige Web http www ontrackpowercontrols se Software Sales Tel 46 0 18 10 44 40 Fax 46 0 18 10 99 20 Email support ontrackpowercontrols se Venta de Licencias Tel 900 112 012 Email software ontrackpowercontrols es Soporte t cnico Tel 900 112 212 Email soporte ontrackpowercontrols es Web http www ontrackpowercontrols es soporte Italy Via Lario 1 I 22070 Fenegr CO Italia Web http www ontrackpowercontrols it Software Sales Numero Verde 800 44 00 33 Tel 39 02 96943211 Fax 39 02 96943221 Email software ontrackpowercontrols it Technical Support available in English Tel 49 7031 644 244 Email support ontrackpowercontrols it Web http ww w ontrackpowercontrols it support Denmark H P Christensensvej 1 3000 Helsinggr Danmark Web http www ontrackpowercontrols dk Software Sales Tel 45 70 22 34 00 Fax 45 70 22 34 01 Email software ontrackpowercontrols dk Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Technical Support Phone 47 62 81 01 00 Email support ontrackpowercontrols se Web http www ontrackpowercontrols se Finland Norman Ibas Oy L kkisep ntie 11 00620 Helsinki Finland Web http www ontrackpowercontrols
234. iles 30 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard o o Using the Show Duplicates Option for CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard has a Show Duplicates check box for CommVault users Duplicates can occur when CommVault Backup fails and restarts You can select this check box and if duplicates exist they will appear on the right side of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard window If Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard or Ontrack PowerControls encounters a problem with a file you can then attempt to extract its duplicate This feature saves time by allowing you to extract only that file i e its duplicate which encountered the problem instead of performing a full extraction of all of the files in the session To use the Show Duplicates Option for CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery 1 Select the Show Duplicates check box If duplicates exist they will appear on the right side of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard window 2 Select the duplicate s of the file s that encountered problems in Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard or Ontrack PowerControls and click Next 3 Complete the remaining steps of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard STEP 3 SAVING A CATALOG FILE The catalog file saves all the information that Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard needs to extract
235. iles should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 85 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 10 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start NetBackup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 86 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Log file path information on this page and paste it into NetBackup when prompted later in this section 110 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONT
236. in the Target folder To rename a folder in the Target pane 1 In the Target pane select a folder 2 Do one of the following On the Edit menu click Rename Right click and on the shortcut menu click Rename 212 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Quick Look at Restoring Your Exchange Data e Press Ctrl R 3 Type a new name for the folder Note You can also rename a PST root To delete a folder in the Target pane 1 In the Target pane select a folder 2 Do one of the following Onthe Edit menu click Delete Press the Delete key Copying and Pasting or Dragging and Dropping In Ontrack PowerControls you can restore data to the Target pane by using Copy Paste Copy Paste Special or Drag and Drop To copy an item in the Source pane or Find window 1 In the Source pane or Find in Source window select messages a folder a mailbox or the entire EDB file Note In the Find in Source window you can only select messages 2 Do one of the following Onthe Edit menu click Copy Right click the selected item s and on the shortcut menu click Copy e Click the Copy Mail Item icon 3 on the toolbar Press Ctrl C To paste an item in the Target pane 1 In the Target pane select a folder a mailbox the PST root node or the Exchange root node 2 Do one of the following On the Edit menu click Paste Right click the selected item and on the shortcut menu cl
237. ination 3 Click Open The name of the store defaults to the file name you entered in step 2 It can be renamed as any other Target folder To open or create a Target Content Analysis Store using the menu 1 To display the Opening a Content Analysis File window on the File menu point to Open Target Content Analysis Store and click Open Existing or Create New gi Edit View Tools Help OpenSource CHlhS Pie 5 e Aa c CE ECTTTETED A 7 Target t Open Target Content Analysis Store gt 1 3 Open Existing Use Wizard Ctrl w 3 Open Target Exchange Server Ctrl4E Create New D 1 saI Exit Alt F4 Figure 10 2 The File menu leads to the Open Target Content Analysis Store and Open Existing or Create New commands 246 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store Opening a Content Analysis File Figure 10 3 The Opening a Content Analysis File window 2 If creating a new Target CAS enter a File name and click Open 3 If opening an existing Target CAS select the CAS from the list and click Open To open or create a Target Content Analysis Store using the Data Wizard 1 On the File menu click Use Wizard The Data Wizard appears 2 Click Next The Source Path Selection page opens Data Wizard Source Path Selection Please browse for the EDB or PST file you will be using as your source Click t
238. ing NT Backup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 5 On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 option and click Next 58 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager ig Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Org Figure 2 24 Selecting Exchange Server 5 5 as the Connection Parameters NT Backup 6 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive and of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed
239. ion Folder C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 39 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 10 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start HP OpenView Storage Data Protector Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions 70 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 40 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can refer to the Restore to information on this page when verifying it in HP OpenView Storage Data Protector later in this section Start HP OpenView
240. ion by using Copy Paste Keep in mind that using Drag and Drop achieves the same results Guidelines for Restoring a Mailbox e You can use Drag and Drop or Copy Paste to restore a mailbox to a Target PST root node or folder or to an Exchange Server root node mailbox or folder If you restore a mailbox to a Target PST root node Messages from folders in the Source PST are restored to corresponding folders in the Target PST e g messages from the Source Inbox are restored to the Target Inbox If a corresponding folder does not exist in the Target destination it is created Ifyou restore a mailbox to a to a Target PST folder or to an Exchange Server mailbox or folder If the mailbox does not exist in the Target destination a folder with its name is created Important If you want to restore a mailbox to a Target Exchange Server root node the Source mailbox must exist on the Target Exchange Server and you must have full mailbox access rights to all of the Exchange mailboxes you are trying to restore messages to For more information on access rights see About Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server on page 211 Youcannot restore a mailbox to a public folder But you can restore messages from a mailbox to a public folder Youcannot use the Paste Special command to restore a mailbox You can use the Paste Special command to restore individual messages only To restore a mailbox 1 In the Source pane copy a mailbox e
241. ional search criteria Ontrack PowerControls will return all of the message items in the folder s undergoing the search Ontrack PowerControls can search multiple information stores at the same time In the Find in Source window click Browse and you will see a tree view of all of the open Source data stores You can then select multiple mailboxes or folders to include in your search Ontrack PowerControls does not return duplicates of a message item during a search as long as the Check for duplicate messages during search preference is selected For example if the same message item exists in two or more data stores only the first message item found is listed in the search results For more information see Setting Preferences on page 148 The contents of an inaccessible EDB mailbox cannot be searched Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 185 CHAPTER 5 FINDING MESSAGES Searching Sources Searching Sources The Find in Source window provides the ability to search single or multiple mailboxes and perform actions on the search results Tip CAS and PST files are searchable in the Source pane but not in the Target pane The actions allowed to perform on search results are copying or exporting message items performing Integrity Checks and viewing message items using the Message Views options You can have several Find in Source windows open at a time To search for message items in Sources 1 In the Source pane se
242. ions in the Source pane EDB Source s Export all mailboxes to PST files e One mailbox within an EDB Source Export EDB mailbox to PST files Note EDB Sources that are a result of a search cannot be exported to PST Note Before exporting to PST ensure that you have sufficient disk space available at the destination of the PST export Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 205 6 EXPORTING MESSAGES HAPTER Exporting to PST To export to PST 1 Highlight the item to export 2 Do one of the following Right click and click Export Onthe toolbar click the Export icon amp i On the Tools menu click Export 3 Select PST in the Format drop down list 4 Select the destination in Export To field 5 Click Export The Outlook Version window appears Note If your system has Outlook 2003 or later installed then Ontrack PowerControls has the capability to create either Outlook 97 2002 or Outlook 2003 style PST files If this is the case you are presented with a window prompting you to select which style of PST you want to create r Outlook Version K Microsoft Outlook Personal Folders File pst G Improved size limit and better support for multilingual Cancel Unicode data Not compatible with Outlook 97 98 2000 and 2002 files Microsoft Outlook 97 2002 Personal Folders File pst Compatible with Outlook 97 98 2000 and 2002 files Figure 6 8 Select Outlook Version 6 Select the appropriate version
243. is will decrease the time it takes to catalog atape or file lt Back Exit Help Figure 1 4 Catalog Performance Options To choose a catalog performance option 1 Select one of the following options Note that all four options will skip known non Exchange backups e g registry SQL Unix Mac Netware e Catalog Online Exchange backup datasets only This option will catalog only known online Exchange backup datasets It will skip all other types of backups If the backup type is unknown it will be skipped e Catalog Online and Offline Exchange backup datasets This option will catalog known online and offline Exchange backup datasets If an unknown backup type is encountered Ontrack PowerControls Extract Wizard will catalog it just in case it is a new backup identifier for Exchange backups This option is slower because it will catalog more types of backups Catalog SSID for EMC NetWorker only Enter a specific Save Set ID SSID or a list of SSIDs separated by commas in the box This option is available only if the EMC NetWorker agent is installed and you selected a tape source Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will catalog only the SSIDs listed When Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard detects the end of the SSIDs in the list it will stop immediately and rewind the tape 22 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard This option gre
244. ithout needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup Veritas NetBackup X Figure 2 74 Selecting Veritas NetBackup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method Click Next On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 option and click Next 9 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it 102 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to sele
245. k PowerControls ExtractWizard The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard extracts both private and public Exchange Information Store data from tape and disk backups to any alternate location e g machine volume folder thereby eliminating the need for a recovery server In contrast most backup programs let you restore Exchange data only to the same or duplicate server from which it was backed up The Direct Method of extracting backed up Exchange data reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed This method is useful if the original backup software is unavailable and you know the tapes on which the Exchange Information Store backups reside For more information see Method of Extraction on page 18 The Advanced Method uses your existing backup software to extract an Exchange database from a backup server or tape library across the network to the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The Advanced Method takes full advantage of your backup software s knowledge of individual set locations and robotic library support This is the fastest method to extract an Exchange Information Store from the most recent backups managed by your backup server For information about the Advanced Method of extracting backed up Exchange data see Using the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Advanced Method on page 37 Prerequisites 6006060060600606006006000600006006060000600060006
246. key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data REG EXPAND SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value My Computer 2 Name Type Data S HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT 5 REG SZ H HKEY_CURRENT_USER BBlesebcii2 REG EXPAND 5Z C windows system32 esebcli2 dll Hg HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE H HARDWARE EZ sam security 9 00 SOFTWARE 51 00 system H Controlsetoo1 H E Controlsetoaz 5 03 CurrentControlSet E Eg Control E C BackupRestore cmm 4 gt 4 gt j Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentContralSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths 7 Figure 2 59 Example of Setting the Registry Key 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 3 Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and CA ARCserve Backup 88 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed f Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the bac
247. kup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup CA BrightStor ARCserve ome Tem m m9 Figure 2 60 Selecting CA ARCserve Backup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 5 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups First Storage Group Second Storage Group v Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Org lt Back Next gt Ext Help Figure 2 61 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Connection Parameters 6 Select the Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 option Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 89 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 7 10 11 In the Storage Groups box enter the name of the storage group you will be extra
248. lating Exchange Server you are ready to start CA ARCserve Backup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions 90 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method o o Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for a log file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings brown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 63 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to and Log file path information on this page and paste it into CA ARCserve Backup when prompted later in this section 12 Make sure CA ARCserve Backup Client Agent for Windows software and Backup Agent for Microsoft Exchange software are installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 13 If you have already installed the Backup Agent for Exchange Server 5 5 and you wish to emulate Exchange Server 2000 2003
249. lation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups First Storage Group Second Storage Group X C Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site v Org Figure 2 20 Selecting the Connection Parameters NT Backup Select the Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 option In the Storage Groups box enter the name of the storage group you will be extracting The storage group name is case sensitive and must match exactly the name that appears in the Exchange System Manager You can enter multiple storage groups separated by semicolons C 8 Click Next On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it 10 Click Next e o o Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 55 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRAC
250. lation Method Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 107 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to and Log file path information on this page and paste it into UltraBac when prompted later in this section 9 Start UltraBac Management Console on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The UltraBac window appears 10 In UltraBac click Restore Wizard on the toolbar The Select Index Source window appears 11 Select the appropriate source for your backup index and click Next The Select Online Index window appears 12 Select the correct online index to load for your backup Click Next to return to the UltraBac window 13 In UltraBac select the appropriate backup item to restore from the tree and list views You can only restore o
251. lder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 101 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 9 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start CommVault Galaxy Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 102 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can refer to the Restore to information on this page when verifying it in CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Restore later in
252. lect the folder e g EDB or PST file mailbox Inbox you want to search The folder s you select defines the scope of your search Do one of the following e Click Find J in the toolbar to display the Find in Source window The name of the folder you selected appears next to the Search in folder box Right click the file and click Find Onthe Tools menu click Find Press F3 Note The first time you search for a message item the Search in folder option is automatically selected For information on using the Search in results option see Searching Within Results on page 189 To search multiple mailboxes or folders click Browse In the Select Folder s window select the items you want to search In the illustration below two mailboxes have been selected Select Folder s Source 1 mwbard OE Calendar Cancel HE Contacts LH m Deleted Items Drafts H Inbox 0 Journal O Junk E mail O15 Notes a Clear All lt IV Search Subfolders 4 items selected Figure 5 1 You can select multiple folders or mailboxes to search Note If you select the Search Subfolders check box Ontrack PowerControls includes subfolders in the search 4 Click OK to return to the Find in Source window 186 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc FINDING MESSAGES Searching Sources ee o In the following illustration the Search in folder box now displays Multiple folders selected
253. leted item retention Select this option to include messages in deleted item retention Include messages not in deleted item retention Select this option to include messages that are not in deleted item retention In most cases this option represent most of the messages in the Source data store S 6 Click Generate Reports The Reports window appears For more information the contents of the reports see Viewing Reports on page 238 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 237 9 REPORTING IES Viewing Reports Viewing Reports 6090606006006000600600060000606000060006000600600600060060006006000000000000600000000000000000009009999 The Reports window shows the progress of the report generation and also shows the reports themselves This window consists of a tabbed view of the reports with each tab containing a single report For information on the statistics provided in each report see the following sections t Reports Database Report Database Cumulative Number of Messages Cumulative Size of Messages Average Size of Messages Cumulative Size of Attachments SIS Size pub 1 edb 1 848 24 369 589 bytes 13 187 bytes 14 860 031 bytes 14 lt 1 items Reporting finished successfully 00h 00m 00s Figure 9 3 The Reports progress window Single Instance Storage SIS vs Cumulative Counts The Attachment Statistics and Messages by Database reports use the terms SIS Single Instance Stor
254. log box 211 restoring messages with Copy Paste results 229 restoring messages with Paste Spe cial guidelines 230 restoring PST and Folder Targets limits 224 restoring to public folders 238 guidelines 238 results 239 restoring your Exchange data in three easy steps 223 resuming processing on profiles 270 rights access rights to an Exchange server 225 administrative rights to the Net Worker server 45 rights for using Exchange emulation 53 S saving attachments 151 attachments in the Find dialog box 211 profile criteria 268 reports 260 saving search profiles 208 search performing 209 search criteria report 212 search embedded messages 203 search for words 201 Search in Attachment File Name s 202 Attachment Text 202 Message Body 202 280 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc Message Subject 202 search profile creating 208 editing 209 search profiles 208 search results report 212 searching for attachments 202 203 using multiple search windows 209 within attachments 210 within results 203 searching for messages 200 searching within attachments exceptions 210 searching See also Find dialog box for messages 200 Shortcut Menu 15 single instance storage SIS vs cu mulative counts 254 Single Mailbox 182 single mailbox opening 180 searching 200 single mailbox copy 159 sorting messages in the message list 153 Source EDB or PST file 144 message list 146 pane 144 Source data store 291 source file o
255. lose the Copy Progress window Each mailbox from the Source EDB you copied is now a new mailbox in the Target pane Note If the mailbox already exists and is accessible it is added to the Target directory and shown as accessible If the Source mailbox did not exist in the Target directory a new mailbox is created on either a new user account or an existing user account If the mailbox you just created is not accessible it displays in the Target directory and shown as inaccessible To create multiple mailboxes using copy paste 1 Verify that Allow mailbox creation during copy and Prompt whether to create mailboxes during copy options in Preferences are selected 2 Right click the entire Source EDB and click Copy 3 Highlight the Target Exchange Server and click Paste A confirmation message appears Mailbox Creation Do you want mailboxes to be created for mailboxes that do not exist Do not show this message again Yes No Cancel Figure 4 33 Mailbox Creation confirmation message 180 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Using the Mailbox Creation Wizard 4 Clicking Yes opens the User Information window with the fields auto populated based on the information from the Source mailbox Entering a password is optional but it must meet the minimum domain password requirements You can still select a different Organizational Unit UPN Suffix and Password 5 Click Next
256. ls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for NT Backup Exchange Server 5 5 on Windows 2000 XP 2003 1 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli dll is in the system path The easiest way to ensure this is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 57 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 3 Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and NT Backup Then click Next Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup NT Backup Figure 2 23 Select
257. lts to make sure that your messages from all mailboxes were copied to the Target destination You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Click Save to save the copy report as a text file 4 In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the Ontrack PowerControls main window Results of Restoring a Folder All unduplicated messages in the folder are restored and their directory structure is preserved If the folder does not exist in the Target destination it is created Target C Documents and Settings My Documents Mondays Fil 0 10 amp Evno4v EA Folder 10 5 C V E Paste Special Ctrl Y C Delete od Rename Cirl R E New Folder Ctrl N Lc 5 4 2 Deleted Items Drafts Figure 7 12 Pasting a folder in a Target destination e g Exchange mailbox i Exch55B User1 mi Microsoft w Evno4v3 PC Gt Evno4vn PC Evno4vPC uC Evno4vvnPC w Evno4vv2PC EC Evno4v3P Hs Evno4vv2 PC sF Note No folder is created because the copied folder Inbox already exists in the Target Exchange mailbox Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 221 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA HAPTER Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data Restoring a Mailbox The following instructions show you how to restore a mailbox to any Target destinat
258. ludes an Advanced Find feature that can search across all mailboxes in an archive EDB file rather than searching one mailbox at a time or bringing an old backup back online for analysis And you can search by a variety of criteria including keywords subject date and specific users Minimize storage space and the cost required to store and archive your backups Because you don t need to back up mailboxes individually doing a brick level backup you eliminate the backup space cost and time associated with performing brick level backups Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 1 INTRODUCTION NTRODUCTION Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Enhancements Minimize the time to back up all mailboxes Ontrack PowerControls eliminates the need to back up mailboxes individually Normally companies do a full Exchange backup and then run a second process to back up Very Important Mailboxes VIMs individually as well Ontrack PowerControls eliminates this second process Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Enhancements Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 contains all the features and benefits of Ontrack PowerControls 4 2 plus these exciting new and improved features Live Microsoft Exchange Server as a Target You can open live Exchange Servers as a Target within Ontrack PowerControls Searching Microsoft Exchange Server Target You can search a Exchange Server Target and perform actions on the search results Mailbox Creation Wizard You can create mailboxes o
259. me not its check box to display the Exchange Information Store files on the right side of the window In the illustration below the Microsoft NT Backup contains four backup sets and five volumes Each backup set lists the session day and time e g 8 29 2003 12 34 AM Each volume lists the machine name and volume name e g EXCH Second Storage Group Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk Catalog Exchange Information Store File Size Date D 8 29 2003 12 33 Priv2 edb 12 01 8 29 2003 12 34 PM o EXCH Second Storage o Priv2 stm 2 00 8 29 2003 12 34 PM 8 29 2003 12 34 DL E010003D log 5 00MB 8 29 2003 12 34 PM DBR 01 0003 109 5 00MB 8 29 2003 12 34 PM 3 J 8 29 2003 12 35 PM O EXCH Second Storage 8 29 2003 12 38 PM O EXCH Second Storage EXCH First Storage If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files 0 Total Size 0 Bytes Save Catalog File Browse pa t Figure 1 6 Viewing a full online disk backup Microsoft NT Backup STEP 2 EXTRACTING AN ONLINE OR OFFLINE BACKUP After viewing the Exchange backup sets and information store files you can select the files you want to extract When viewing and selecting files keep in mind the following
260. me is created However if you restore a mailbox to a Target PST root node a mailbox is not created Instead messages from folders in the Source PST are restored to corresponding folders in the Target PST Target C Documents and Settings My Documents Mond anakLEaldass A mE Paste Ctrl V Exch55B User 1 Paste Special Ctrl Ea Microsoft Rename Cirl R 4 Evno4v3zaa m New Folder Ctrl4N Evno4vnzaa Kl 4 Evno4vfcaa es Close Store A Evno4vvnaa PC EA Folder 10 Evno4vv2aa PC EE Evno4v3waaP EA Deleted Items bd Evno4vv2aa Figure 7 14 Pasting a mailbox into a PST root node Restoring an EDB File The following instructions show you how to restore an entire EDB file to any Target destination with Copy Paste Keep in mind that using Drag and Drop achieves the same results Guidelines for Restoring an EDB File e It is recommended that you restore an EDB file to a Target Exchange Server root node You can use Drag and Drop or Copy Paste to restore an entire EDB file You cannot use the Paste Special command to restore an EDB file You can use the Paste Special command to restore individual messages only Important If you restore an EDB file to a Target Exchange Server root node the Source mailbox must exist on the Target Exchange Server and you must have full mailbox access rights to all of the Exchange mailboxes to which you are trying to restore messages For more in
261. n a Target Exchange Server manually or as part of copy and paste process This gives you the ability to create a new mailbox enabled user or to create a new mailbox for an existing user Search Results Report You can save a text based report of the search results without having to copy or export any of the actual search results The search results report includes search criteria date time the search was started and a report of messages that matched the criteria Export to PST The Export to PST feature provides you a method for selecting a single mailbox from an off line EDB or an entire off line EDB and exporting to PST files one for each mailbox Journaling Support Ontrack PowerControls has added the capability to search multiple levels of embedded messages Exchange Server 2007 support in Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard functionality has been expanded to support current product releases of Agent supported backup software products offered by Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Agents Also Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard functionality has been expanded to support current product releases of Agent supported backup software products offering Exchange Server 2007 support Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 SP1 Support Ontrack PowerControls can perform both Source and Target functions and Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard SP1 supported limited to VERITAS NetBackup Bkf files operations on
262. n a Target PST file or Exchange Server by using Copy Paste Keep in mind that using Drag and Drop achieves the same results Guidelines for Restoring Messages You can copy messages from the message list in the Source pane or the Find in Source window You can use Drag and Drop or Copy Paste to restore individual messages to a folder in the Target pane You cannot use Drag and Drop or Copy Paste to restore individual messages to a PST root node an Exchange Server root node or an Exchange mailbox However you can use Paste Special to restore individual messages to these locations Using Drag and Drop or Copy Paste to restore individual messages does not preserve the directory structure of the restored messages If you want to preserve the directory structure of restored individual messages use Paste Special You cannot copy paste inaccessible mailboxes Tip For information on Paste Special see Restoring Messages with Paste Special on page 215 To restore messages with Copy Paste 1 In the Source pane or Find in Source window copy messages from the message list 214 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data Source X testfile pst Teste Enar Teste Engr 013 TesteEngr Test Engr M4 System Administrator s E43 Teste Engr Teste Engr e Journal Teste Engr B Notes Teste Engr Outbox Teste Engr E Sent
263. n new criteria is entered all messages in the profile are deleted the icon changes to its processing color green the profile status will update and the process begins To delete a profile 1 Do one of the following Right click the profile folder and click Delete Click profile folder and on the Edit menu click Delete Select the profile folder and press the Delete key on the keyboard Closing a Content Analysis Store Closing a content analysis store root closes the root as well as all of the profile folders created under that root To close a content analysis store CAS 1 Do one of the following Right click the CAS and click Close Store Click the CAS and on the File menu click Close Store 256 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store ee o Opening a Content Analysis Store as Source When all profile processing has completed you can open the content analysis store as a Source for which the following Source operations can be performed Copy Paste Paste Special Export Find Integrity Check Properties and Create Reports Use Copy Paste to copy Source profile search criteria to a Target content analysis store If a content analysis store is opened as a Source and it has not completed processing all profiles a window indicates that the content analysis store has not completed its processing There is then an option to open the CAS as a Target I
264. n use Windows Explorer to open an EDB PST or CAS file In Windows Explorer double click the file or drag into the Ontrack PowerControls Source pane To open an existing Target PST 1 Do one of the following Onthe File menu point to Target PST and click Open Existing Onthe toolbar click the Open Target PST icon 2 In the Open Existing PST window navigate to the desired location and select an existing PST file 3 Click Open The PST file appears in the Ontrack PowerControls Target pane Tip In Windows Explorer you can drag a PST file into the Ontrack PowerControls Target pane Note that double clicking a PST file does not open it when using Windows XP Outlook XP or Outlook 2003 To create a new Target PST 1 On the File menu point to Target PST and click Create New 2 In the Create PST File window navigate to the desired location You may want to create a new folder 3 In the File name box type a name for the new PST file 4 Click New The PST file appears in the Ontrack PowerControls Target pane Note With Outlook 2003 you have to choose between the 97 and 2003 version of the PST e o o Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 167 CHAPTER 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window Target C Documents and amp 8 Contacts Deleted Items EA Drafts 4 Evno4v30aa amp Inbox Deleted Items Folder 1 Folder 10 Figure
265. ne If you wish to retain the directory structure of the restored messages you must use the Paste Special command instead of the Paste command or Paste button Export displays the Export window which lets you export messages to a local or network drive destination You can choose to save exported messages as plain text files txt or as Microsoft Outlook files msg You can also export EDBs to a PST Search displays the Find window which lets you specify the desired search criteria for finding messages in the Source pane Preview Pane displays the Preview pane on the Ontrack PowerControls main window so you can read a message without opening it 27 vo View Help displays Ontrack PowerControls Online Help which includes all of the information in this user guide and more Online Help lets you quickly access this information by using a Contents Search or Index tab e Ontrack Web Site takes you to the Ontrack Web site www ontrack com providing you with additional information on products and services by Kroll Ontrack Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 139 CHAPTER 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Ontrack PowerControls Main Window Message Table View is only available when a message in the Source message list is highlighted It opens a Message Table View of that message and any message related to it Attachment Table View is only available when a message with an attachment in the
266. ne storage group at a time Note You can only restore data from under the Exchange Agent tree node 14 Click Restore The General Restore Options window appears 15 Click Exchange 2000 2003 Options The Exchange 2000 2003 Specific Options window appears 16 Select the Restore to Alternate Server option In its Restore to box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer i e the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard See previous step 7 to verify you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 17 Select the Alternate Temporary Log File Directory option In its Restore to box enter the log file path See previous step 7 to verify you are using the Log file path value from the Exchange Server Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 127 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER 2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 18 Click OK 19 In the General Restore Options window click Next The Restore Options window appears 20 Click Restore 21 When UltraBac has finished the restore click Exit to close UltraBac 22 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for UltraBac and Exchange Server 5 5 1 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli
267. ng as the container for your restored data You have four choices 1 specify a PST file as the Target for restored data 2 specify an Exchange Server single mailbox connection as the Target for restored data 3 specify an Exchange Server all mailboxes connection as the Target for restored data or 4 specify a Content Analysis Store CAS file as the Target for creation or processing An option to open Public Folders is available upon connection to an Exchange Server Note Click Skip if you do not want to select a Target file at this time To specify a PST File as the Target for restored data 1 Select the PST File option Data Wizard Target Type amp Path Selection Please select the type and path of the target file you will be using as your container for the restored data Please select the type of target you wish to open The targetis where you plan to copy messages to and may be a PST file Content Analysis Store or alive Exchange server Select Target PST File C Connect To Exchange Server Single Mailbox C Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes C Content Analysis Store Target PST File PST s Large 5 2003 Browse Skip gt gt Cancel Figure 4 6 Select the PST File option in the Target Type amp Path Selection window 2 Do one of the following f you know the Target PST file path type it in the Target PST File path box Click Browse to open the Create PST File window and nav
268. nge Information Store File Size Date v 3 2 2003 3 31 AM E010004E log 5 00MB 9 2 2003 9 33 AM EXCH Second Storage E010004F 5 00MB 9 2 2003 9 33 AM 309 2 eee a 0100050 500 9 2 2003 9 33 AM 1 gexo aM oue 0100051 500 9 2 2003 9 33 AM 0100052 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33 AM ame 0100053 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33 AM 0100054 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33 AM 0100055 5 00MB 9 2 2003 3 33 AM 0100056 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33 AM 0100057 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33 AM 0100058 5 00 9 2 2003 9 33 AM If you select an Exchange Information Store file which spans another tape you will be prompted to insert the next tape in sequence when the current tape has reached its end Total Files 14 Total Size 134 238 208 Bytes Save ExtractWizard Catalog File X Browse e Figure 1 12 Extracting the last normal plus the last differential backup to disk Microsoft NT Backup To extract an online copy backup plus every incremental or last differential Use the same procedure for extracting a copy backup as you do for extracting a full online backup A copy backup also works the same as a full online backup when extracting a copy backup plus every incremental or last differential backup Note The only difference between a full online backup and a copy backup is the following For a full online backup the log files are truncated For a copy backup the log files are not truncated About Extracting a F
269. nistrators Guide 3 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory e Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 or windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data REG EXPAND SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value My Computer Name Type Data g a HKEY CLASSES ROOT i H HKEY_CURRENT_USER BBjesebcliz REG EXPAND SZ C windows system32 esebcliz dll LOCAL MACHINE H E HARDWARE EC sam 8 security EC SOFTWARE 5 0 system H E Controlsetoo1 m Controlsetoaz Ei CurrentControlSet 5 08 Control EB BackupRestore amma 4 gt gt Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentContralSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths Figure 2 68 Example of Setting the Registry Key Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 97 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 4 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack Po
270. not need to search to restore message items For more information see Restoring Exchange Data on page 209 Performing an Integrity Check on Message Items in the Find in Source Window The Find in Source window allows you to perform an integrity check on one or more message items in the Results area During the integrity check Ontrack PowerControls verifies that it can read all of the properties of the message items Note Only accessible mailboxes can have an Integrity Check performed Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 197 E FINDING MESSAGES HAPTER Search Results Report To perform an integrity check on message items in the Find in Source window 1 Inthe Find in Source window perform a search 2 Inthe Results area select the message items for which you want to perform an integrity check 3 On the Tools menu in the Find in Source window click Integrity Check The Integrity Check window appears Search Results Report You can save a text based report of the search results to your local drive without having to copy or export any of the search results The search results report is saved into a file that includes the search criteria date time the search was started and a report of message items that matches the criteria Save Report You can save the search results report once a search has been performed and either completed or stopped The Save Report button creates two text based reports One report contain
271. ns public folders and your mailbox when you connect to an Exchange Target You will see those folders that you have permission to see Guidelines for Restoring to Public Folders You can restore folders from a pub edb database to a public folder Target All public folder permissions are transferred to the Target folders However folder permissions may not transfer if the version of the Source Exchange Server is different than the version of the Target Exchange Server You can restore messages from any database Source or search results to a public folder Target You cannot restore a folder or mailbox from a private database to a public folder Target But you can restore messages in a folder or mailbox to a public folder You cannot use Paste Special when restoring messages to a public folder Target Note The ability to restore to public folders is also available at the command line To restore messages to a Target Public Folders 1 2 In the Source pane or Find in Source window copy messages from the message list In the Target pane paste the messages into the Target root public folder or a folder in the public folder In the Copy Progress window verify that your messages were successfully copied You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Click Save to save the copy report as a text file In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the On
272. ntent Analysis Store priced separately PC Agent for Administrative Services priced separately Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Commercial Edition Subscription enforcement All agents included and fully enabled Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Free All features included and partially enabled open any edb file view all mailboxes search one copy none For Direct Method All Agents included and partially enabled each Agent allows you to read and view from any source but cannot extract or copy any data out For Advanced Method No agents are enabled EW Agents allow you to save the catalog file Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION Enabling the Licensed Agents Technical Note Ontrack PowerControls can process both Private Information Stores priv edb containing mailboxes and Public Information Stores pub edb containing public folders In Ontrack PowerControls a private store mailbox public store root folder Ontrack PowerControls does not open either type of edb file with more mailboxes than originally licensed for For example if you purchased the Standard Edition for 100 mailboxes per server and try to open an edb file with 101 mailboxes the product refuses to open the file because it exceeds 100 mailboxes Enabling the Licensed Agents Each edition of Ontrack PowerControls is distributed with nine Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Agents and three Ontrack Powe
273. ntrols window by hiding the toolbar or status bar by using split bars by sorting message lists and by refreshing the screen Viewing or Hiding the Toolbar and Status Bar The toolbar and status bar appear by default in the main Ontrack PowerControls window but you can easily hide them To hide the toolbar or status bar e On the View menu click Toolbar or Status Bar The check mark no longer appears next to the name of the toolbar or status bar To view the toolbar or status bar On the View menu click Toolbar or Status Bar The check mark appears next to the name of the toolbar or status bar Resizing Panes Separated by a Split Bar You can use a split bar the horizontal or vertical double line that separates two panes to increase the area within one pane while simultaneously decreasing the area within the adjacent pane The Source pane Source message list Target pane Target message list and Preview pane all border a split bar To resize panes separated by a split bar 1 Position the cursor over a split bar between two panes until a double arrow 4 appears A vertical double arrow 1 appears if you position the cursor over a horizontal split bar 142 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Changing the View o Target C Documents and Settings My Documents Mondays Files pst E Calendar aif D O From Subject Create Date d Contacts m STM User test outlook express Fri 7 12 2002 4
274. nu point to Message Views then click Conversation View Conversation View Long meeting File Edit Tools Message Long meeting Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Evn Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Evn Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Evn Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Evn Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated priv edb Evn Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Evn Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Evn Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Evn Exchange 20 Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Evn Exchange Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Bob Exchange Exchange 20 Updated privl edb Ad z ta 4 8 5 lt e 2 42 Message Item s Figure 11 8 The Conversation View displays the conversation threads which are indicated by indentions Note The first time opening a view on this EDB a message appears stating that a Message View file needs to generated If the first message is missing the next message in the thread is still indented indicating that it is not the original message 3 To view a message within the Conversation View right click a message point to Message Views and select one of the following options Message Table View Attachment Table View Conversation View 4 Any message in the Conversa
275. o any alternate location e g machine volume folder thereby eliminating the need for a recovery server In contrast most backup programs let you restore Exchange data only to the same or duplicate server from which it was backed up This user guide provides step by step instructions for completing specific tasks on the Windows platform See the table of contents or the Index to locate the pages on which particular topics are discussed Use Adobe Acrobat to open the PDF version of this user guide After you open the PDF file click the Hand tool to view the Table of Contents hyperlinks in layout view Then click a hyperlink to jump to a specific topic in the manual Five Major Reasons for Using Ontrack PowerControls There are five primary ways you can benefit from using Ontrack PowerControls Minimize the time to restore an individual mailbox Ontrack PowerControls can slash restore time making it possible to restore mail items from a previous full backup directly into your production Exchange Server or directly into a new or existing PST file This eliminates the need for a recovery server and the extra steps required to separately import mail back into Exchange or Outlook Eliminate backups of an individual mailbox Ontrack PowerControls eliminates the need to back up individual mailboxes because they can be restored directly from an EDB file Minimize the time to locate all email matching specific criteria Ontrack PowerControls inc
276. of Outlook and click OK The Export Progress window is displayed 7 After the export has completed click Print to send to printer Save to save a txt report of the export to your local drive or Close to close the window To use exported PST 1 Navigate to the location where the PST was created 2 Drag and drop the PST into Ontrack PowerControls in either the Source or the Target pane The Select Source Files window appears 3 Click OK The PST now appears in the Target or Source directory Output Note By default the limit for a pst file in Outlook 2003 and in Outlook 2007 is configured to be 20 GB As a result exporting Outlook 2003 or Outlook 2007 pst files larger than 20 GB is not supported 206 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc EXPORTING MESSAGES About the Export Progress Window The PST files generated are named according to the mailbox name and placed in a folder named after the EDB For example if you wanted to export all the mailboxes from Priv1 edb John Doe Jane Doe and User5 and you selected C PST as the Export To folder the exported folders and PST files would look like C PST Privl edb John Doe pst Jane Doe pst User5 pst ALREADY EXISTING FILES If any of the exported PST files already exist Ontrack PowerControls adds a number in parenthesis to the file name so that it does not conflict with an existing file For example if John Doe pst already exists then the exported PST for Jo
277. ollowing Select the content analysis store root click the Profile menu and click Resume Processing Right click the profile folder and click Resume Processing Adding Sources to Content Analysis Stores Only EDB store objects EDB mailboxes or EDB folders can be drag and dropped or copied and pasted from the Source into the new content analysis store root to prepare for analysis Note Messages or folders cannot be copied directly to a profile folder results folder To add a folder a mailbox or an EDB file with Copy Paste 1 In the Source pane select a folder a mailbox or an EDB file 2 Do one of the following Onthe Edit menu click Copy Right click the selected item s and on the shortcut menu click Copy Click the Copy Mail Item icon ig the toolbar Press Ctrl C Copy 3 In the Target pane click the content analysis store root and do one of the following Onthe Edit menu click Paste Right click the selected item and on the shortcut menu click Paste Click the Paste icon on the toolbar Press Ctrl V Paste 4 In the Copy Progress window verify that your messages were successfully copied and click Close To add data even faster use drag and drop To move entire EDB store objects EDB mailboxes or EDB folders drag to the Target content analysis store root Dragging and dropping achieves the same results as copying and pasting To use drag and drop when right clicking a S
278. ollowing On the Tools menu click Export 202 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc EXPORTING MESSAGES Exporting Messages On the toolbar click the Export icon amp Right click the mailbox or folder and on the shortcut menu click Export The Export Mailbox or Export Folder window appears Export Mailbox Export Subfolders Export To C Documents and Settings My Documents Figure 6 2 Export Mailbox window Export Folder Export Subfolders Export To C Documents and Settings My Documents Figure 6 3 Export Folder window 3 In the Format box select MSG or TXT 4 In the Export To box specify the location for the exported mailbox or folder 5 Select the Export Subfolders check box if you want to export all of the subfolders for the selected mailbox or folder 6 Click Export 7 In the Export Progress window verify the mailbox or folder was successfully exported and click Close The mailbox or folder appears in the specified location In the illustration below the exported folder is the Inbox Name L3My Documents 9g My Computer amp J My Network Places g Recyde Bin Development Info Engineering Client Inbox Figure 6 4 The exported Inbox appears in the specified location Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 203 6 EXPORTING MESSAGES HAPTER Exporting Messages To export individual messages 1 In the Source pane select one or mor
279. olons Storage Groups First Storage Group Second Storage Group X Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Figure 2 46 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 Connection Parameters 7 Select the Exchange Server 2000 2003 or 2007 option 76 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method 8 In the Storage Groups box enter the name of the storage group you will be extracting The storage group name is case sensitive and must match exactly the name that appears in the Exchange System Manager You can enter multiple storage groups separated by semicolons G 9 Click Next 10 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination
280. om a search Example Search for words dog cat mouse rat Exclude words bird Search results Message items that contain dog AND cat AND mouse OR rat BUT NOT bird are included in the search results Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 187 CHAPTER 5 FINDING MESSAGES Searching Sources 7 10 11 For Search in select one or more of the following check boxes Message Subject Message Body Attachment File Name s or Attachment Text Each Search in check box that you select is run as a separate query and the results of the query are combined 1 OR d together Note Ontrack PowerControls has the ability to search multiple levels of embedded message items Select Attachment Text in the Select in check box See Searching Embedded Message Items on page 189 for more information Note about searching within attachments Ontrack PowerControls does not search within archive file types such as zip or rar files For more information see Searching Within Attachments on page 196 In the Sent from and Sent to boxes enter the appropriate names if desired Using the Sent to box is particularly useful if you are trying to find a message item sent to multiple people The rules for using spaces commas and quotation marks apply when using the Sent from and Sent to boxes For Created Dated after and Created Dated before select the appropriate check box if desired You may select both check
281. on IV Include messages not in deleted item retention seen m Select All Deselect All Figure 9 4 The Create Reports window for a Priv EDB Source Messages by Mailbox Report The Messages by Mailbox report provides message statistics for all selected mailboxes in a Priv EDB data store Note This report is available only for a Priv EDB Column Heading Description Mailbox Name of the mailbox Display name alias Number of Messages Total number of messages in the mailbox Total Size of Messages Total size of all messages in the mailbox Average Size of Messages Total size of messages divided by number of messages Total Attachment Size Total size of attachments in all messages in this mailbox Attachments in messages in this mailbox that are also in messages in another mailbox are counted in both mailboxes Shared Attachment Size Size of attachments that are found more than once either multiple times in this mailbox or in this mailbox and other mailboxes Calculated as total size of attachments minus the non shared attachment size ee o Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 241 9 REPORTING HAPTER Viewing Reports Column Heading Description Non shared Attachment Size of attachments that are not shared with other Size messages Internal Received Messages Received messages of type EX or SYSTEM SMTP Recei
282. on Windows NT 4 1 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli dll is in the system path The easiest way to ensure this is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and NT Backup Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup NT Backup Figure 2 27 Selecting NT Backup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method Click Next On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 option and click Next e o o Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 61 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTRO
283. only Microsoft Outlook 2000 or later Machine must have Outlook 2000 or greater installed and Outlook must have been run at least once to configure Outlook s settings Additionally those versions of Outlook that make a distinction between Internet Email and Corporate Email need to be configured for the latter For Exchange Server 5 5 Microsoft Outlook 2000 or Outlook 2003 is required Note Microsoft Outlook 2007 cannot connect to an Exchange Server 5 5 However Microsoft Outlook 2007 can be used with Ontrack PowerControls to access an edb file originating from an Exchange 5 5 environment For Exchange Server 2000 and Exchange Server 2003 Microsoft Outlook 2000 or later is required For Exchange Server 2007 Microsoft Outlook 2003 or Outlook 2007 is required Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION NTRODUCTION System Requirements Note The Operating Systems listed above and Microsoft Outlook are required to have the latest service packs installed Microsoft NET 2 0 framework Intel Pentium compatible processor 1024 MB RAM minimum 200 MB of free hard disk space for the installation More disk space will be needed for processing log files when opening an EDB file Monitor with 800 x 600 or higher screen resolution USB port for Ontrack PowerControls product licenses requiring HASP key dongle to run application Note Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 supports Microsoft Exchange 5
284. ontent Analysis Store To suspend the processing on profiles 1 Do one of the following Select the profile folder click the Profile menu and click Suspend Processing Right click the profile folder and click Suspend Processing Target C Documents and Settings Vl View Profile Folder Edit Profile Folder Rename Ctri4R Suspend Processing Properties Delete Figure 10 15 The shortcut menu that leads to the Suspend Processing option from the Profile Folder To suspend processing on all profiles 1 Do one of the following Select the content analysis store root click the Profile menu and click Suspend Processing Right click the content analysis store root and click Suspend Processing Target C Documents and Settings Bro Profile j B9 Profle Rename Ctri4R Create Profile Folder Suspend Processing Properties Close Store Figure 10 16 The shortcut menu that leads to the Suspend Processing option from the CAS root Note Suspended profiles are red in color The status also indicates that the profile is suspended To resume processing on profiles 1 Do one of the following Select a profile folder click the Profile menu and click Resume Processing Right click the profile folder and click Resume Processing 254 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store To resume processing of all profiles 1 Do one of the f
285. ote for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value 64 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method My Computer Name Type Data m HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT fab H HKEY_CURRENT_USER Besebci2 REG_EXPAND_SZ C windows system32 esebcli2 cll E HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE m HARDWARE aE sam E SECURITY EC SOFTWARE Eig system H Controlsetoo1 9 05 Controlsetooz 5 08 CurrentControlset E Control Eg BackupRestore ag 4 gt Ls gt j My Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentContralSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths 2 Figure 2 32 Example of Setting the Registry Key 3 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is known as the Restore Target Computer Click Next 5 On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and HP OpenView Storage Data Protector Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client softwar
286. ource item 1 In the Source pane select one or more messages 2 Right click the selected message containers and drag them to a content analysis store in the Target pane 3 When you let go of the mouse a shortcut menu appears On the shortcut menu click Paste Important If a new Source Inbox Deleted items Outbox etc is dropped into the content analysis store or the user removes a Source store from the content analysis store all profiles automatically process the new Source Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 255 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE HAPTER Creating a Content Analysis Store Editing and Deleting Profiles Deleting a profile stops any processing on that profile and removes that profile and all data associated with it from the content analysis store Deleting a profile does not modify the EDB Sources To edit a profile 1 To edit a profile right click the profile folder and click Edit Profile or click on the Profile menu and click Edit Profile Target C Documents and Settings JBro 2 Profile 1 Completed l a RA Profile2 Completed Personal F View Profile Folder i E Brandi Edit Profile Folder E Rename crl R CE Conta 7 Delete EA Drafts Evno4 Properties Delete DEL dit a Profile Folder Figure 10 17 The Edit Profile Folder command allows you to edit the criteria 2 The Edit Profile Folder window appears Edit any or all of the criteria Whe
287. owerControls ExtractWizard but you will not get accurate extraction progress To use the API Method for EMC NetWorker 1 Install the EMC NetWorker client software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click Start and then point to Programs Point to Kroll Ontrack point to Ontrack PowerControls and then click Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The first page describes the wizard Welcome to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard WELCOME This wizard will help you extract an Exchange Information store from a backup set This backup set may reside on a backup tape or on disk in the form of a backup file Once extracted you can load the data into Ontrack PowerControls and restore mailboxes folders and emails to a running Exchange Server or to a local Personal Data Store file pst Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard supports different backup software with Ontrack M PowerControls Extractwizard Agents If you need to purchase agents click About About Click Next to begin KROLL ONTRACK Figure 2 9 Welcome window for Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 45 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD HAPTER Using the API Method 3 Optional To change the location of the license file click About and then click License Info Under License File Name s
288. pears Select the appropriate source for your backup index Click Next The Select Online Index window appears Select the correct online index to load for your backup Click Next to return to the UltraBac window Select the appropriate backup item to restore from the tree and list views Note You can only restore data from under the Exchange Agent tree node You cannot restore the Directory Store Click Restore The General Restore Options window appears Click Exchange 5 5 Options The Exchange 5 5 Specific Options window appears 130 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls 17 Select the Restore to Alternate Server option In its Restore to box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer i e the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard See previous step 7 to verify you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 18 Under Databases to Restore select the appropriate option Public Store Private Store or Both 19 Click OK 20 In the General Restore Options window click Next 21 In the Restore Options window click Restore 22 When UltraBac has finished the restore click Exit to close UltraBac 23 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Organizing the Extracted File
289. pecify a new location The license file controls which Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard agents are active For more information see The License File on page 11 The Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard offers two methods of extracting backed up Exchange data For more information on these two methods see Method of Extraction on page 18 Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup EMC NetWorker CA BrightStor ARCserve EMC NetWorker Veritas NetBackup IBM Tivoli Storage Manager HP OpenView Storage Data Protector CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery UltraBac Figure 2 10 Selecting EMC NetWorker in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 4 On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and EMC NetWorker 5 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard lets you specify the backup server and client computer names
290. pening 176 source mailbox 193 Source Path Selection 165 specifying a content analysis store 170 specifying target CAS file path 171 split bar using to resize panes 152 STM 291 Summary Report 212 suspending the processing on pro files 270 system requirements 3 T Tamper Proof Target 160 Target content analysis store opening 263 Target Exchange Server 189 INDEX Target message list 147 in main window 147 Target pane creating a new folder 226 deleting a folder 227 pasting an item 227 renaming a folder 226 Target Type and Path Selection 167 technical support 14 text txt export 215 toolbar in main window 149 U Use Wizard command 173 User Information 187 191 user permission 186 using Find window in message views 288 using multiple search windows 209 using search profiles 208 view the properties of a content analysis store profile 274 viewing message table view messages 283 previous search results 204 the properties of a PST file EDB file folder or mail box 154 the toolbar or status bar 152 viewing profiles in content analysis store 275 viewing the properties of a content analysis store 274 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 281 INDEX 282 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 9023 Columbine Road Eden Prairie MN 55347 800 645 3649 www ontrackpowercontrols com Copyright 2007 Kroll Ontrack Inc All Rights Reserved All other brands and product names are tra
291. perties Status Finished counting EDB Info Server Exchange EDB Consistency Check Fail EDB Creation Time 9 4 2003 10 11 59 Size of EDB File 87 MB EDB Version Exchange 2007 Number of Mailboxes Number of Folders Number of Messages Log File Info Number of Log Files Size of Log Files STM File Info STM File Size of STM file Figure 3 11 Properties of an EDB File 144 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Viewing the Properties of an EDB File PST File CAS File CAS Profile Folder Folder or Mailbox PST File Properties Number of Folders Number of Messages PST Creation Time Size of PST File PST Version Status 10 12 2006 15 53 30 0 MB Outlook 2007 Finished Figure 3 12 Properties of a PST File Properties of User 1 Full Path Number of Subfolders Number of Messages Number of Associated Messages Approximate Total Size of Messages Status priv edb User 1 519 279 65 14 22 megabytes Finished counting Figure 3 13 Properties of a Mailbox Properties of Inbox Full Path Number of Subfolders Number of Messages Number of Associated Messages Approximate Total Size of Messages Status priv edb Ae Stuart Inbox 0 10 6 268 65 kilobytes Finished counting Figure 3 14 Properties of a Folder Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 145 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE
292. ples of Restoring Your Exchange Data 226 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 8 USING THE COMMAND LINE Overview The command line feature allows you to easily batch repetitive processes such as multiple copy and export tasks without initiating the Ontrack PowerControls user interface This feature is extremely beneficial in Ontrack PowerControls production environment implementations Command Line Syntax The syntax is as follows lt lt gt gt Required for all operations lt gt Required for copy export operations Optional Command Line Syntax PowerControls Program Options lt lt Operation gt gt Operation options lt lt Source Store gt gt Source options Source Folder Path Target Store Target Folder Path Program Options Server Address This program option provides control of the choice of KOAS Without an address the switch forces the display of the KOAS Connection Point Manager dialog box This dialog box allows you to use a server different from the server advertised in the Active Directory Without an address this option is only valid when running in GUI mode Address address lt address gt port lt port gt forces a connection attempt at the specified address and port For example server address lt 192 168 0 2 gt port lt 49152 gt forces a connection to a server running on IP address 192 168 0 2 on port 49152 Operation Copy Export List
293. points Microsoft NT Backup Symantec Backup Exec VERITAS NetBackup and IBM Tivoli Storage Manager can contain multiple backup sets for both disk and tape backups Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 25 1 USING THE POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard CA ARCserve Backup and EMC NetWorker can contain only one backup set for disk but multiple backup sets for tape To extract a full online normal backup On the Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the edb stm and log files as well as pat files if they exist Example 1 Extracting a Full Online Disk Backup Microsoft NT Backup A Microsoft NT Backup to disk can contain multiple backup sets and volumes Each backup set lists the session day and time e g 8 29 2003 12 34 AM Each volume lists the machine name and volume name e g EXCH Second Storage Group Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk E Catalog Exchange Information Store File Size Date J 8 29 2003 12 33 PM v Priv2 edb 12 01 MB 8 29 2003 12 34 PM O EXCH Second Storage Priv2 stm 2 00MB 8 29 2003 12 34 PM 2 v 8 29 2003 12 34 PM E010003D log 5 00MB 8 29 2003 12 34 PM v E010003E log 5 00MB 8 29 2003 12 34 PM 2 8 29 2003 12 35 PM EXCH Second Storage 2 8 29 2003 12 38 PM EXCH Second
294. port lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 43 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 11 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start Backup Exec Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 44 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can refer to the Restore to information on this page when verifying it in Symantec Backup Exec later in this section 74 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 12 13 14 15 16 Select the Redirect Exchange sets check box 18 19 20 In the Exchange 2000 and Exchange 2003 area deselect the No Loss Restore check box 2 22 23 24 25 26
295. r eee 152 ii Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents Sorting Messages in the Message Lists eene 153 Refreshing the Screen ice edet e eei dente Ere e 153 Viewing the Properties of an EDB File PST File CAS File CAS Profile Folder Folder or Mailbox enn 154 Performing an Integrity Check eese enne 157 Viewing Deleted M SSages ees eret iere een o eer ERR UR ERR 157 Setting Preferences siete dee eee PAY Eee eere deg edP eee on ee Five ee eee e ate IE ue pH cates 158 ono M o 158 Securty VAD c 160 Warnings Tab C 161 Chapter 4 Using Ontrack PowerControls 163 OVETVIEW A Erb PEUT PE oo ote odd ao e rave epa EE ee Ep Pe DUE 163 Running the Data Wizard eee ette ertet tette tete re eaa e aea e 163 Configuring Ontrack 163 Before You Use the Data Wizard eese nennen emen nnne 165 Data Wizard Welcome Page enne 165 Data Wizard Source Path 165 Guidelines for Selecting an Exchange Database sss 166 Data Wizard Target Type and Path Selection seen 167 Data Wizard Now Processing Data
296. r MAILBOX ACCESS When connecting to a single mailbox the Target pane populates with only the specified single mailbox When connecting to all mailboxes on an Exchange Server the Target pane populates with the list of mailboxes found in that Exchange Server Note You can connect to only one live Exchange Server at a time If you attempt to connect to an additional live Exchange Server while a server is already open the current server connection closes Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 169 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS IES Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window PREFERENCE SETTING When Ontrack PowerControls connects to an Exchange Server it can display both accessible and inaccessible mailboxes You can set the preferences so that all mailboxes are displayed regardless of their permission status or only those mailboxes that you are permitted to view See Setting Preferences on page 148 for more information Preferences Options Security Wamings iw Allow preview of messages Enable Tamper Proof Target Allow Bcc field to be included when restoring or searching messages Enable Message Views List inaccessible mailboxes Figure 4 21 List inaccessible mailboxes preference Note Deselecting this option while you have mailboxes open prompts the mailbox list to refresh and redisplay without the inaccessible mailboxes showing MAILBOX FUNCTIONS Paste Paste Spec
297. r export Target options pub public folders lt Target Folder Path gt Full path including mailbox to the Target folder to be copied exported to or ROOT for root datastore folder Note Only message containers i e mailboxes folders entire EDB can be selected for copy export All messages contained are copied exported Individual messages can not be selected from the command line Examples of Using the Command Line The following examples are for copy export and list i e report information about the database Example 1 Copy pcuserl s Inbox and all subfolders from c pcdata edb to the Inbox in c target pst c out1 txt will contain the copy report powercontrols copy r o c out1 txt c pcdata edb 1 c edb t c edb pcuser1 inbox c target pst ROOT lt Operation gt Explanation Perform copy operation Operation options Explanation T copy subfolders o c out1 txt output report file name lt Source Store gt Explanation c p cdata edb path to the database file name Source options Explanation t c edb temporary file path lt Source Folder Path gt Explanation peuser l inbox source folder to copy lt Target Store gt Explanation c target pst target data store lt Target Folder Path gt Explanation Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 229 8 USING THE COM
298. r3 The message is stored in the message table once If a user opens up the database and right clicks the message in Userl s Inbox and chooses Message Table View a table opens with three messages in it One in Userl s Inbox or deleted items one in User2 s Inbox and in User3 s Inbox as long as they are all in the same Exchange database EDB If User 1 2 or 3 are in a different EDB those messages will not appear in this view Sample IRGEReHAE ou UJ Mexch55b outld Tue 10 05 200 C3 HaaaTexch55b out7 wagflviky oups Tue 10 05 200 BaaaNexch55b out l PmpGxhHeq ou 10 05 200 4 BaaaNexch5Sb out i 10 05 200 Deleted EJ 1 EaaaQexch5Sb outid4 FyiACraJd oups 10 05 200 Deleted 2 Qexch55b outid VPYgqRYQr ou 10 05 200 Deleted EJ FaaaRexch55b out ih CXTCIoSMl oup 10 05 200 Mexch55b outl0 FbMURxGFg ou 10 05 200 Figure 11 6 The Message Table View displays messages that have been deleted The message pane displays the related messages in a report format showing the Message Type Attachment From To Subject Folder Date and Status indicating if message has been deleted Note Only messages within the same EDB can be viewed in the Message Table View Message Table Views in Exchange 2007 only return as a single instance of the message you
299. rControls Agents The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Agent for Microsoft NT Backup is included with the program at no extra cost and is enabled by default All other Agents are shipped with all Ontrack PowerControls editions in disabled conditions and require a new license file to enable them Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Versions Agent Supported Disk Backup Tape Backup Agent for Microsoft All Versions BKF Files Microsoft Tape NT Backup Format MTF Agent for Symantec 8 x 9 x 10 1 and 11 4 BKF Files Microsoft Tape Backup Exec Format MTF Agent for EMC 6 x and 7 0 through 0 Files NetWorker Tape NetWorker 7 43 Format Agent for CA 9 x 11 52 and 11 5 CTF ARCserve ARCserve Tape ARCserve Backup 32 5 Files Format Agent for VERITAS 4 5 5 x 6 0 and 6 5 _ 1 VERITAS NetBackup NetBackup Files NetBackup Tape Format Agent for IBM 5 1 5 2 5 34 and 5 44 BFS and OST Tivoli Tape Format Tivoli Storage Files Manager Agent for Hewlett 4 2 and 5 x User Defined File Hewlett Packard Packard OpenView Extension OpenView Storage Storage Data Data Protector Tape Protector Format Agent for 5 0 and 5 9 Backup Path Comm Vault Galaxy Comm Vault Galaxy Tape Format Backup amp Recovery Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION NTRODUCTION Enabling the Licensed Agents Ontrack PowerControls Extra
300. ractWizard Click OK to close the Backup Agent Restore Options window Click the Destination Tab Deselect the Restore files to their original location check box Important For the following two steps use the Network tree Do not use the Windows NT 2000 XP 2003 Systems tree In the Network tree expand the Microsoft Windows Network node and locate the Restore Target Computer If the Restore Target Computer does not appear do one or both of the following fthe domain or workgroup that the Restore Target Computer belongs to does not appear in the Microsoft Windows Network node right click the Microsoft Windows Network node and click Add Machine Object In the Add Object window enter the domain or workgroup and click Add Ifthe Restore Target Computer does not appear in the domain or workgroup it belongs to right click the domain or workgroup node and click Add Machine Object In the Add Object window enter the name of the Restore Target Computer and click Add See previous step 10 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Expand the Restore Target Computer node and select the Microsoft Information Store node Note If the Microsoft Information Store node does not appear under the Restore Target Computer select the Restore Target Computer node so that its name appears in the Address box above the Destination tree Then append dbaexchis to th
301. rd specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Figure 2 57 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 86 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start Backup Exec Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup
302. rd emulation Therefore you must follow the steps outlined in this article from the Microsoft Knowledge Base XADM Troubleshooting a Remote Online Backup of Exchange 2000 http support microsoft com kbid 275676 When NT Backup has finished verifying the computer the Restore Target computer appears under the Microsoft Exchange Server node In NT Backup click the Restore tab the Restore and Manage Media tab in Windows 2003 In the tree view select your Exchange backup from the list of media Click Start Restore The Restoring Database Store window appears In the Restore To box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer i e the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The name must be in all capital letters See previous step 9 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard In the Temporary location for log and patch files box enter the log file path See previous step 9 to verify that you are using the Log file path value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Do not select either of the check boxes at the bottom of the Restoring Database Restore window Click OK NT Backup will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The Restore Progress window appears When NT Backup has finished click Close and close NT Backup In Ontrack PowerContro
303. re When NetBackup has finished click OK and close NetBackup In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery Exchange Emulation for CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery 5 0 and 5 9 and Exchange Server 2000 2003 Important CommVault Galaxy will not install the Exchange agent onto a non server OS The Exchange agent is required for Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to work 1 On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 115 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data Type REG EXPAND SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value My Computer Name Type Data H HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT ab Default REG 52 value not set 9 00 CURRENT USER Bljesebcia RE
304. re creating a mailbox for an existing user the Name field must match the full name of the existing user Tip It is recommended that anyone creating mailbox enabled users have fundamental knowledge of Exchange administration and Active Directory Creating Mailboxes You can create mailboxes with the wizard manually or by copying a single mailbox or the root of a Source EDB onto the root of a Target Exchange Server Note Mailbox creation on disabled user accounts is not supported Note The Target Exchange Server must be on the same domain as the Ontrack PowerControls computer CREATING MAILBOXES USING THE WIZARD You can create a new mailbox by using the wizard which steps you through the process To create a mailbox using the wizard 1 Open a Target Exchange Server in Ontrack PowerControls 2 Right click the Target Exchange Server root and click New Mailbox or on the Edit menu click New Mailbox The New Mailbox form appears 176 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Using the Mailbox Creation Wizard o o New Mailbox User Information Enter the user name and account information Organizational unit owercontrols com Users Browse First name Initials Last name Name User logon name User Principal Name UPN Suffix powercontrals com User logon name pre Windows 2000 Password Confirm password Save as default password Figure 4
305. right O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method 22 If the Remote Agent Security is not properly configured the Security window appears Make sure your Server logon account User Name and Password is correct The account you use must have backup operator rights to the Restore Target Computer 23 Click OK The Session User Name and Password window appears 24 Verify the session information is correct 25 Click OK The Submit Job window appears 26 In the Description box enter a description if desired and click OK CA ARCserve Backup starts to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 27 When CA ARCserve Backup has finished click OK and close CA ARCserve Backup 28 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Veritas NetBackup Exchange Emulation for Veritas NetBackup 4 5 5 1 and Exchange Server 2000 2003 Note For NetBackup 4 5 you must install the NetBackup client and the Exchange agent on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 1 Install NetBackup client software for Windows on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 2 Allow the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to restore backups created by the Exchange Server client Follow the instructions for allowing redirected restores in the NetBackup Admi
306. rm an integrity check on messages folders mailboxes PST files CAS files CAS profile folders EDB files and live Exchange Server Target search results During the integrity check Ontrack PowerControls verifies that it can read all folder and message properties from the selected Source To perform an integrity check 1 In the Source pane select an EDB file PST file CAS file CAS profile folder mailbox folder or message s 2 Do one of the following On the Tools menu click Integrity Check The Integrity Check window appears Right click the item and click Integrity Check in the shortcut menu 3 Click Print to print a copy of the integrity check 4 Click Save to save a copy of the integrity check to file Integrity Check Integrity Check started on 10 19 2006 at 9 21 AM Integrity Check Total number of folders to be processed 719 Total number of messages to be processed 1190 Total number of associated messages to be processed 93 lt Integrity Check Finished 00h 00m 00s lets steels Save Figure 3 18 An integrity check of an EDB file Viewing Deleted Messages 6090606006000600606006000600006060000600060000600600006000060000000600000000000000000000000090999 Ontrack PowerControls can view and restore deleted messages that are held in the EDB file These messages appear under the Status column in the Source message list If deleted messages have been
307. rols ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 5 On the first page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Next 6 On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Veritas NetBackup Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup Veritas NetBackup re ce m9 Figure 2 79 Selecting Veritas NetBackup the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 7 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 105 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003
308. rols ExtractWizard Advanced Method The API and Exchange Emulation advanced methods share two main requirements Only online Exchange backups are supported This includes full copy incremental and differential backups The backup client software must be installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Note The Exchange Emulation method has additional requirements For more information see Requirements for Using the Exchange Emulation Method on page 53 38 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Method o Using the API Method The API method of extracting backed up Exchange data allows Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to communicate directly to the backup software server Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard queries the backup server for online Exchange backups using the backup software s API Application Program Interface You then select which backups you want extracted and Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will extract the databases to the desired location on disk Using the API Method for IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 1 Install the IBM Tivoli client software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 2 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click Start and then point to Programs Point to Kroll Ontrack point to Ontrack PowerControls and then click Ontrack PowerControl
309. rols Target pane 168 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window ee o Target C Documents 3 Dbase GREE Brad Calendar ES Contacts f Deleted Items EA Drafts 24 Evno4v30aa A Notes Outbox Personal Folders Sent Items Tasks Figure 4 20 Target pane for an Exchange Server To open a Target content analysis store 1 Do one of the following On the File menu click Open Target Content Analysis Store On the toolbar click the Open Target Content Analysis Store icon yy The Opening a Content Analysis File window appears 2 In the Opening a Content Analysis File window navigate to desired location and select an existing CAS file 3 Click Open The CAS file appears in the Ontrack PowerControls Target pane Opening a Live Microsoft Exchange Server as a Target You can open live Exchange Servers as a Target within Ontrack PowerControls This means you can connect to one live Exchange Server at a time establishing a single mailbox connection or connecting to all accessible mailboxes and displaying a list of the mailboxes found in that Exchange Server A status indicator tells you if you have permission rights to view a mailbox Note The Exchange Server as a Target feature is only supported if the system running Ontrack PowerControls is on the same domain as the Exchange Serve
310. rough Messaging Application Programming Interface MAPI as well as all the database tables that define mailboxes messages folders and attachments stm file streaming database file contains common Internet formatted content such as Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions MIME content that protocols other than the MAPI protocol place in the store Note The stm file is new to Exchange 2000 Exchange 5 5 does not contain stm files e logfiles transaction logs are history files recording server activity These files are useful in restoring and backing up Exchange data Transaction logs for Exchange Server 5 5 2000 and 2003 are 5 MB in size Transaction logs for Exchange Server 2007 are 1 MB in size Each storage group uses its own set of transaction log files For example if a storage group contains five stores all transactions for all five stores are recorded in a single series of 1 The information in this section is taken from Microsoft Training and Certification Implementing and Managing Microsoft Exchange 2000 Workbook Redmond WA Microsoft Press 2001 12 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION Updating Ontrack PowerControls transaction log files You can determine where to locate the transaction log files for each storage group e chk check files are checkpoint files used for recovering playing data from transaction logs into EDB files The checkpoint is the place marker in the EDB
311. roups separated by semicolons Storage Groups Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Figure 2 65 Selecting Exchange Server 5 5 Connection Parameters In the Site and Org boxes enter the Site and Org for the Exchange Information Store files you are preparing to restore The Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in the Exchange System Manager Click Next If Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard displays a warning about the CA ARCserve Backup Exchange client not being properly configured for emulating Exchange 5 5 click OK to continue You can configure the CA ARCserve Backup Exchange client when you get to step 12 later in this section On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it 94 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed
312. rs bkf Processing Block 30 659 Copying File 1 of 3 From 4_13_2006 1_50 PM First Storage Group publ edb To C Documents and Settings My Docu PM EXCH2003 First Storage Group publ edb Time Elapsed 00h 00m 04s Copied 31 391 264Bytes of 141 570 048 Bytes Total Time Remaining 00h 00m 14s Total 31 391 264Bytes of 148 918 272 Bytes Reading Figure 1 16 Exchange Information Store Copy Progress Note You can click Cancel to stop the process The file currently being extracted will be deleted but you can access any files that have completed extraction Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 33 1 USING THE POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Completing the Wizard The last page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard displays all of the files that were successfully extracted If you are satisfied with the results click Finish Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Finished Allfiles were successfully extracted Extract started on 11 7 2007 at 4 48 43 PM Extract finished on 11 7 2007 at 4 49 04 PM Elapsed time 00h 00m 21s Extracted 148 918 272 Bytes of 148 918 272 Bytes Successful files C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report 4_13_2006 1_50 KROLL ONTRACK
313. rt or SearchResults_20070508_Messages txt for the message report For cases where you choose to create more than one set of reports on the same date files are named using an incremental numbering convention starting with 1 If you run a second search on 5 8 2007 the report names are SearchResults_20070508 1 _Summary txt for the summary report or SearchResults_20070508 1 Messages txt for the message report 3 Clicking Cancel during the report generation progress terminates the process and any reports created for this Save Report action are deleted from the report destination USING THE REPORT The text summary or message report is tab delimited and can be imported into a spreadsheet if desired Simply drag the txt file from its location into a blank spreadsheet The Source in the search results is replaced with the full path to its location in the report Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 199 E FINDING MESSAGES HAPTER Search Results Report 200 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 6 EXPORTING MESSAGES Overview You can export mail from an EDB PST or CAS Source file to a local or network drive destination Exported messages can be saved as Microsoft Outlook files msg or plain text files txt This can assist you in copying old email backups into an alternate or non email system You can export at all levels an EDB file a PST file a CAS file a CAS profile folder a mailbox a folder
314. s Mexch55 EJ E E E E E E Attachment Table View Conversation View Figure 11 3 The Message View options can be reached by right clicking an EDB message in the upper message pane Mac et afer et Sy Figure 11 4 The Status Bar Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 265 11 MESSAGE VIEWS HAPTER Message View Pane Message View Pane 60906060060000600600600060000600600006000600060060900006006000600600900000000060000000060000000000009009999 The Message View Pane is the area that hosts the various message views The pane provides you the ability to view the related messages and perform various actions e g viewing messages in alternate views exporting messages to your directory checking the integrity Other Options Available in the Message View Other actions can be performed within a Message View such as Exporting messages Integrity Check copying messages and viewing a message in another Message View Conversation View Welcome to Microsoft Outlook 2000 File Edit BI Export Ctrl P Message integrity Check Ctr 2000 Message Views 4 Message Table View Folder 0 Microsoft Out Attachment Table View Microsoft Outl Conversation View privl e 0 Microsoft Outil Welcome to privl e dn Figure 11 5 Other options available in the Tools menu are Copy Export and Integrity Check T
315. s ExtractWizard will be unable to stop cataloging early and will still need to process the entire tape Using this option will still greatly increase the speed of the catalog because all other sessions can be quickly skipped over This option greatly increases the catalog speed for CommVault Galaxy users who know the job IDs of the backup they want to extract This option also applies to CommVault backup to disk files If you select a specific job ID search on non CommVault Galaxy tape it will behave identically to the second option Catalog Online and Offline Exchange backup datasets 2 Click Next Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 23 1 USING THE POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Catalog Progress The Catalog Progress page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard displays the progression of the cataloging process and the time remaining until completion The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard catalogs the disk or tape and locates the Information Store data Cataloging a disk backup is much faster than cataloging a full tape During cataloging the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard can be in one of four states initializing reading processing one block at a time scanning seeking ahead multiple blocks and rewinding In addition CommVault Galaxy Backup amp Recovery displays a pre cataloging stage i e reading session information from the backup after the init
316. s ExtractWizard The first page describes the wizard Welcome to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard WELCOME This wizard will help you extract an Exchange Information store from a backup set This backup set may reside on a backup tape or on disk in the form of a backup file Once extracted you can load the data into Ontrack PowerControls and restore mailboxes folders and emails to a running Exchange Server or to local Personal Data Store file pst Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard supports different backup software with Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Agents If you need to purchase agents click About About Click Next to begin KROLL ONTRACK Figure 2 1 Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Welcome Page 3 Optional To change the location of the license file click About and then click License Info Under License File Name specify a new location The license file controls which Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard agents are active For more information see Enabling the Licensed Agents on page 9 4 Click Next The Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard offers two methods of extracting backed up Exchange data For more information on these two methods see Method of Extraction on page 18 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 39 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD HAPTER Using the API Method Method of Extr
317. s Store Select Target C PST File C Connect To Exchange Server Single Mailbox C Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes Content Analysis Store Figure 10 6 Select the Content Analysis Store option 6 Do one of the following f you know the Target CAS file path type it in the Content Analysis Store Path box Click Browse to open the Create Content Analysis Store window and navigate to the desired location Then create a new CAS file by typing a name in the File name box or select an existing CAS file Then click Open The path of the Target CAS file appears in the Content Analysis Store Path box 7 Click Next The Completing the Data Wizard page of the Data Wizard appears 8 Click Finish Important For more details see Running the Data Wizard on page 153 Creating and Processing Content Analysis Store Profile Folders A content analysis store profile folder is created as a subfolder of the content analysis store to filter EDB messages only based on the profile criteria When the profile folder is created a folder appears under the content analysis store and Ontrack PowerControls searches all the Sources in the content analysis store for messages that match the criteria for the profile folder 248 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store ee o During processing searching the profile folder is green and its status will indicate that pro
318. s a search session summary Summary Report and the other report contains search session message item results Message Report SUMMARY REPORT The information included in the Summary report is the search session details and the user defined search criteria for the search MESSAGE REPORT The information included in the Message report is based on the column headings in the search results message type attachments From and To etc To save the report 1 After conducting the search click Save Report The Browse For Folder window appears 2 Select the destination for the report and click OK The search results reports creates both a Message Report and a Summary Report and are saved on your hard drive in a txt format fi Search Results Report Edit View Favorites Tools Help 7 sxx MEO d E Search gt Folders E v a Go x 5 Date Modified B SearchResults 2007820 Messages 2KB Text Document 8 20 2007 1 03 PM My Documents E SearchResults_2007820_Summary 1KB Text Document 8 20 2007 1 03 PM Search Results Report Fhind Maie Figure 5 9 Summary and Messages Reports 198 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc FINDING MESSAGES Search Results Report The files are named using the date of the search and a suffix indicating the type of report For example if you run a search on 5 8 2007 the report names are SearchResults_20070508_Summary txt for the summary repo
319. s for Ontrack PowerControls For best results when using an online incremental or differential backup e Put the edb stm and pat files in one directory e Put the associated log files e g log chk in one directory Note The two directories can be different Ontrack PowerControls does not require stm or log files but you should include them to ensure that all email data is recovered You may get corruption errors if these files are not present In other words the quality of the recovery is better if you include the stm and log files Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 131 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Organizing the Extracted Files for Ontrack PowerControls 132 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Overview This chapter describes the parts of the main Ontrack PowerControls window and shows you how to preview messages view details of an EDB PST or CAS file and change the view Ontrack PowerControls Main Window The Ontrack PowerControls main window is where you do most of your work This window displays the Source EDB PST or CAS file s as well as the Target PST file s Exchange Server or CAS The Target acts as a container for the restored files The various work areas and controls are described in the following sections Note In the illustration below the Target pane displays a PST that acts as a contain
320. s limit does not apply to the new type of PST files created by Microsoft Outlook 2003 2007 16 383 Messages Per Folder e g Inbox Limit When a Target folder e g Inbox reaches 16 383 messages Ontrack PowerControls creates a new PST folder for the additional messages The new folder has the same name as the original Target folder plus an appended number in parentheses Inbox 1 Inbox 2 and so on Ontrack PowerControls creates the folder path in the new folder and continues to restore Exchange data where it left off 210 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Quick Look at Restoring Your Exchange Data Note If you have upgraded the PST file to a large table format the PST can hold 64 000 messages per folder However when a Target folder e g Inbox reaches 16 383 messages Ontrack PowerControls still creates a new PST folder for the additional messages To turn off the preference setting for the PST messages per folder limit If you do not want Ontrack PowerControls to create new folders when the number of messages reaches 16 383 do the following 1 On the Edit menu click Preferences 2 In the Preferences window click the Options tab and then deselect the Create new PST folders when PST message folder limits are reached check box Note If you turn off the preference all messages above the messages per folder limit will fail to copy correctly and the PST file may become corrupt About
321. s option is selected and a mailbox copy is initiated by you mailboxes can be created during a mailbox copy If it is deselected mailbox creation cannot take place during copy This setting has no effect on manual mailbox creation Prompt whether to create mailboxes during copy If this option is selected you are prompted at the beginning of a copy and are asked if mailboxes should or should not be created When it is deselected mailbox creation occurs automatically This setting is only in effect when Allow mailbox creation during copy is enabled This setting has no effect on manual mailbox creation or during a single mailbox copy License file name This box displays the current location of the license file To put this file in a different location click Browse and navigate to the desired location There are two ways to manage the location of the license file Multiple Copies of Ontrack PowerControls Put one license file in the Ontrack PowerControls program directory of each Ontrack PowerControls installation Single Copy of Ontrack PowerControls Put one license file in a single network folder to which all Ontrack PowerControls installations make reference Note For more information about the license file see The License File on page 11 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 149 CHAPTER 3 Security Tab LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE Setting Preferences The options in this tab are modifiable by default only by users th
322. s window specify a name and location for the search profile text file 194 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 4 Click Save To edit a search profile 1 FINDING MESSAGES Using Multiple Search Windows Locate and open the search profile that you want to edit My Search criteria txt Notepad File Edit Format View Help deeem up to 4095 characters each for the FOR field FRoM field enter YES or NO for SEARCHSUBJECT SEARCHBODY SEARCHATTACHNAMES and SEARCHATTACHDATA enter date in mm dd yyyy format VERSION 1 0 FOR FROM TO EXCLUDEWORDS SEARCHSUBJECT YES SEARCHBODY NO SEARCHATTACHNAME S NO SEARCHATTACHDATA NO AFTERDATE 2 23 2006 BEFOREDATE NONE lt Figure 5 7 Search profile 2 Modify the search criteria as desired and save the text file To use a search profile when performing a search 1 2 3 Ontrack PowerControls allows you to open multiple instances of the Find in Source window to Open the Find in Source window On the File menu in the Find in Source window click Use Previous Criteria In the Open window locate and open the search profile that you want to use for your search TO field and EX Click Open The Find in Source window is populated with the search criteria specified in the search profile Using Multiple Search Windows search any combination of information stores at the same time There is no limit other than system resources for
323. select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 97 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 9 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start CommVault Galaxy Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 98 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Log file path information on this page and paste it into CommVault when prompted later in this section 118 Copyrigh
324. so EDB file about Exchange database See also On track PowerControls Extract Wizard Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 277 INDEX Exchange Emulation See also On track PowerControls Ex tractWizard Advanced Method two steps for using 52 requirements for using 53 Exchange information store 290 Exchange server opening a target 178 specifying as the target for re stored data 168 169 Exchange Server Targets searching 199 205 exclude words 201 existing user account 193 export individual messages Source content analysis store 219 export messages Find window 211 export report printing 222 saving 222 Export to PST 219 exported PST output 220 using 220 exported PST files existing files 221 exporting a CAS file 216 a PST file mailbox or folder 216 an EDB file 216 individual messages 218 individual messages from the Find dialog box 218 messages from the Find dialog box 211 exporting a mailbox or folder 215 exporting individual messages 215 exporting messages about MSG and TXT files 215 about the Export Progress dia log box 216 general information 215 F Find dialog box exporting messages from the Find dialog box 211 guidelines for using 199 performing an integrity check on messages 211 restoring messages 211 saving search profiles 209 searching within attachments 210 searching within results 204 selecting multiple mailboxes or folders to search 199 viewing previous search r
325. ssages processed Average Size of Messages Cumulative size of messages divided by cumulative number of messages Cumulative Size of Attachments Cumulative size of attachments in all messages processed SIS Size of Attachments SIS total size of attachments This column applies only to EDB Sources For PST and CAS data stores this column is NA Important The statistics in the Database report refer only to the mailboxes for a Priv EDB or the folders for a PST Pub EDB or CAS profile folders you selected in the Create Reports window The statistics also depend on the options you specified in the Message Options area In other words unless all mailboxes folders are selected the Database report does not provide statistics for the entire database 240 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc REPORTING Viewing Reports Create Reports Select folders to include in reports epic homme matt matt2 orig lots security IE SHN amp 0 _ i EXCH 00 EXCH 01 EXCH 02 EXCH 03 EXCH 05 EXCH 06 EXCH 07 EXCH 08 EXCH 09 VX2000 Evno4v30aa VX2003 00 publ edb V test V testsecurityfolder V tom Reports Attachment Statistics Domain Statistics IV Messages by Database Message Include messages with a received date in the range pit 7 15 2006 Group statistics by elect Message Options p Include messages in deleted item retenti
326. st see Sorting Messages in the Message Lists on page 143 The Target content analysis store message list includes file type Database Database and Path The Target content analysis store profile folder message list includes file type attachment if any From Subject Create Date Database Folder and Status For more information on content analysis stores see Content Analysis Store on page 245 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 137 3 LOOKING AT THE INTERFACE HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls Main Window Menu Bar File Edit view Tools Profile Help Figure 3 6 The Menu Bar in the main window The menu bar contains most of the Ontrack PowerControls commands The menu commands submenu commands and resulting windows are discussed fully in the chapters that focus on those specific commands See the Index to quickly locate the pages on which a menu command is discussed HELP MENU ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES The Administrative Services option is available in the Help menu when the Ontrack PowerControls Agent for Administrative Services is active It displays information regarding the Kroll Ontrack Administrative Server that Ontrack PowerControls is connected to and the services that are being used Note During normal operation the auditing service if activated does not alter the behavior of Ontrack PowerControls Administrative Services i PowerControls is using the Following server and services Kroll Ontrack Administrative
327. stination You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Click Save to save the copy report as a text file 5 In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the Ontrack PowerControls main window Results of Restoring Messages to an Exchange Server Root Node with Paste Special All unduplicated messages are restored in each mailbox that Ontrack PowerControls can connect to and the directory structure of the messages is preserved When attempting to restore multiple mailboxes to an Exchange Server root node you must look at the Copy Progress window to verify that your messages from all mailboxes were successfully copied to the Exchange Server That is because Ontrack PowerControls displays only one mailbox at a time in the Target pane Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 219 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA HAPTER Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data Copy Progress Copying Total number of folders to be processed 1 All folders successfully copied Copy finished on 10 19 2006 at 10 57 AM lt Copy Finished 00h 00m 00s etme etapa eter ete ea ete ea a et ee ela EE DH Print Save Figure 7 10 The Copy Progress window reports that Ontrack PowerControls was able to connect to all mailboxes and successfully copy all messages to Exchange Server Restoring a Folder The following instructions show you how to restore a folder to any Target
328. t Figure 7 3 Pasting messages into a folder Inbox in the Target pane Restoring Messages with Paste Special You can use the Paste Special command to preserve the directory structure of restored individual messages The Paste Special command is especially useful when restoring messages from the message list in the Find window since these messages often come from several Source locations Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 215 CHAPTER 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data Guidelines for Restoring Messages with Paste Special You can use the Paste Special command to restore individual messages to any Target destination Using the Paste Special command preserves the directory structure of the restored messages You can use the Paste Special command to restore individual messages only You cannot use the Paste Special command to restore an entire EDB file a mailbox or a folder You cannot use Paste Special to restore messages to a public folder If the Target is a PST root node or folder Ontrack PowerControls creates a folder to represent each mailbox Each mailbox is a subfolder of the folder the user selected for the Paste Special operation If the Target is an Exchange Server mailbox or folder Ontrack PowerControls copies all messages to the Target Each mailbox is a subfolder of the folder the user selected for the Paste Special operation If the Target is an Exchange Server root node
329. t 6 On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 option 120 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Org Figure 2 100 Selecting Exchange Server 5 5 Connection Parameters Click Next On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it ee o Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 121 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Fo
330. t 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc REPORTING Sorting Reports Messages by Profile Folder The Messages by Profile Folder report provides statistics for messages in a profile folder the number of messages total size of messages average size of messages total attachment size shared attachment size non shared attachment size internal received messages SMTP received messages and other received messages The report is keyed off of the profile folder Note The Messages by Profile Folder report only includes information gathered from accessible mailboxes Note This report is available only for a CAS Column Heading Description Profile Folder Title of the profile folder Number of Messages Total number of messages in the profile folder Total Size of Messages Total size of all messages in the profile folder Average Size of Messages Total size of messages in the profile folder divided by number of messages Total Attachment Size Total size of attachments in all messages in the profile folder Shared Attachment Size Size of attachments that are found more than once either multiple times in this profile folder or in this profile folder and other profile folders Non shared Attachment Size of attachments that are not shared with other Size messages Internal Received Messages Received messages of type EX or SYSTEM SMTP Received Messages Received message of type SMTP Other Received
331. t 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 10 1 12 N 22 23 24 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Do one of the following For CommVault Galaxy 5 9 Make sure iDA for Windows File Systems software and iDA for Exchange Database software are installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard For CommVault Galaxy 5 0 Make sure CommVault Systems File System iDataAgent software and CommVault Systems Exchange Database iDataAgent software are installed on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Note You must run Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard in Advanced mode while running the CommVault installer e CommVault Galaxy will not install the Exchange agent onto a non server OS The Exchange agent is required for Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to work If you have already installed the Exchange Database iDataAgent for Exchange Server 5 5 and you wish to emulate Exchange Server 2000 2003 you must reinstall the Exchange Database iDataAgent with Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard running the correct emulation type That is the Exchange Server 2000 or Exchange Server 2003 option must be selected on the Connection Parameters page Start CommCell Console on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWiz
332. t be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 83 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 54 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 11 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start Backup Exec Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents
333. ta Transaction logs for Exchange Server 5 5 2000 and 2003 are 5 MB in size Transaction logs for Exchange Server 2007 are 1 MB in size Messages Messages are found in the folders of an Exchange Information Store Messages can mean email but Outlook Contacts are also messages as are Appointments Journal Entries Sticky Notes and Tasks Message Table View A table that displays all messages that are referenced by the same message table row as the selected message For example A message that is sent to three different users is displayed three times one in each users Inbox MTF Microsoft Tape Format is the format defined by Veritas and Microsoft used to record files in a backup using NTBackup Backup for NT4 2000 XP or BackupExec PAT Patch files pat files are used to record information on page splits in Exchange Server 5 5 through Exchange Server 2000 SP1 In Exchange Server 2000 SP2 and later the functionality provided by pat files is incorporated into Exchange log files Profile Folder A subfolder of the content analysis store containing the results of profile criteria entered for processing PST Personal Storage file This file used by Outlook contains folders and messages that have been retrieved from a user s Exchange mailbox and copied locally Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc GLOSSARY Term Description Received Messages Messages that ha
334. ta directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup Veritas NetBackup X Figure 2 84 Selecting Veritas NetBackup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 7 Click Next On the Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the Exchange Server 5 5 option and click Next 9 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Click Next Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 109 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store f
335. that Microsoft Outlook is installed and has been run once 2 Set up an email account on a Microsoft Exchange Server 3 For those versions of Microsoft Outlook that distinguish between Internet Email and Corporate Email use Corporate Email when configuring Microsoft Outlook 4 Run Microsoft Outlook again and connect to the Exchange Server Installing Ontrack PowerControls Follow these steps to install Ontrack PowerControls 1 Install and configure Microsoft Outlook as described in Configuring Microsoft Outlook 2 Turn off any disk utility or antivirus program running in the background 3 Insert the Ontrack PowerControls CD ROM into your CD ROM drive 4 The installation program automatically starts If it does not click Run on the Start menu and type D autorun exe or D bin setup exe where D is the drive letter of your CD ROM drive Click OK 5 Follow the on screen instructions Uninstalling Ontrack PowerControls You can uninstall Ontrack PowerControls by running the uninstall program Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 5 INTRODUCTION NTRODUCTION Keyboard Shortcuts Click Start and then click Control Panel In Windows 2000 and earlier you point to Settings before you click Control Panel In Control Panel click the Add or Remove Programs icon Click Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 and then click Change Remove Click Yes when the confirmation dialog box appears A
336. the Number of Attachments Found in Messages column heading the up arrow appears and statistics are sorted based on ascending order This means that the attachment extension occurring least frequently in the data Source appears first in the report Saving Reports You may save the currently active report as either a tab separated or comma separated text file The report name defaults to the name shown on the report tab without the spaces and with a txt extension e g MailboxReport txt The file type defaults to a tab separated text file To save a report 1 In the Reports window make the desired report active by clicking its tab e g Attachment Report Database Report 2 Click Save 3 In the Save Report window specify the name location and file type for the report You may save the report as either a tab separated or comma separated text file 4 Click Save to return to the Reports window 5 Repeat steps 1 4 for each report you want to save 244 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CHAPTER 10 CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Overview The content analysis store CAS enables you to automate and save search results by selecting Sources Sources include entire EDB files individual mailboxes from an EDB or folders from an EDB Any number of Sources is allowed including multiple EDBs After selecting specific Sources you can create profile folders as subfolders to the content analysis store Each profile
337. the NetBackup Administrators Guide On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 or windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data REG EXPAND SZ String Drive Path Esebcli2 dll Note for Windows 2000 Use regedt32 exe to create a REG_EXPAND_SZ value 104 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method B My Computer Name Type Data H CLASSES lab REG 52 H HKEY_CURRENT_USER Blesebeii2 REG_EXPAND_5Z C windows system32 esebcli2 dll HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE H HARDWARE sam 0 SECURITY mE SOFTWARE Eg system H E Controlseto01 Controlsetoaz 5 CurrentControlSet 1 08 Control EC BackupRestore amm 4 gt E My ComputeriHKEY LOCAL MACHINEISYSTI EM CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths Figure 2 78 Example of Setting the Registry Key 4 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerCont
338. the database for Exchange backups Querying the backup server database for Exchange backups Initializing Figure 2 12 Initializing the Catalog Progress 7 Do one of the following Click Cancel if you want to stop the catalog process If you click Cancel the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard catalog will display all files that it found to that point When the catalog is completed click Next to proceed to the next page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Note The Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard lets you select both the private and public Exchange Information Store files that you want to extract from an Exchange backup e In the following example EMC NetWorker can contains multiple backup sets and volumes Each backup set lists the session day and time e g Wed Jan 26 14 36 58 2005 Each volume lists the computer name and volume name Note An asterisk next to a backup indicates that it is an incremental or differential backup 48 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the API Method Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk Catalog Exchange Information Store File Size Date Spans J Wed Jan 26 14 36 54 2005 v STMusers edb Unknown 1 26 2005 2 34PM N A E v Wed Jan 26 1
339. the number of concurrent searches you can initiate When searching on a live Exchange Server Target you are able to have only one instance of a search session Find in Exchange Target window at one time Note If you are using multiple instances of the Find in Source window to search within the same mailbox you may notice a slowdown in performance Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 195 5 FINDING MESSAGES HAPTER Searching Within Attachments Searching Within Attachments In both the Find in Source and Find in Exchange Target windows you can search the text of email attachments The Searching within Attachments feature supports Unicode text and is available for EDB PST CAS Sources and Exchange Targets Ontrack PowerControls supports Microsoft Office documents and many other popular file types For a list of supported file types see the FAQs at www ontrack com powercontrols Note about the licensing agent The PC Agent for Advanced Searching must be enabled in order to search attachments For more information see Enabling the Licensed Agents on page 9 A Find in Source File Edit Tools Search in folder source 2 Third Priv edb dbagent Inbox Browse Find Now C Search for words Clear Fields Exclude words Search in Message Subject Attachment File Name s Message Body Attachment Text Sent from Sent to Created Date after Created Date before 4 Re
340. there are no more previous results To view previous search results 1 Perform at least two searches so the Previous button becomes available 2 Click Previous The results of the previous search appear in the in the message item list 190 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc FINDING MESSAGES Searching Microsoft Exchange Server Target 3 You can now view the previous search or you can modify the search criteria and conduct a new search For information on specifying search criteria see Searching Sources on page 186 CLEARING FIELDS AND RESULTS If you click the Clear Fields button all of the search criteria that you entered in the Find in Source window are returned to the default settings If you click the Clear Results button all current and past search results are cleared Searching Microsoft Exchange Server Target You can search a live Exchange Server Target and delete move copy or export the search results This means you can search and delete or move specific message items from an Exchange Server Target You can have only one search session Find in Exchange Target window open at one time Note Only accessible mailboxes and public folders of the Exchange Server can be searched Tip CAS and PST files are not searchable in the Target pane but are searchable in the Source pane To search an Exchange Server Target 1 Do one of the following to display the Find in Exchange Target window Right click the val
341. tion Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Figure 2 38 Selecting Exchange Server 5 5 Connection Parameters 8 Click Next Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 69 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method 9 On the Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard specify a location for the extracted files This location must be a local drive and of the form x Path where x is a valid drive letter that has an administrative share associated with it such as x and Path is the complete path to a folder if a folder doesn t exist Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard will create it Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Please select the folder where the Exchange Information Store files should be placed Type the path for the folder where the Exchange Information Store files will be copied or click the Browse button to select an already existing folder Destinat
342. tion page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click Start Restore 22 23 When NetBackup has finished click OK and close NetBackup In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Veritas NetBackup 6 0 and Exchange Server 5 5 1 Install NetBackup client software for Windows on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Allow the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard to restore backups created by the Exchange Server client Follow the instructions for allowing redirected restores in the NetBackup Administrators Guide 108 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method ee o 3 On the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard make sure edbbcli dll is in the system path The easiest way is to copy edbbcli dll to winnt system32 or windows system32 The edbbcli dll file can be found on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory 4 Start Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 5 On the first page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Veritas NetBackup Method of Extraction Please extract the da
343. tion View can be opened by double clicking the message in the table Opening a View for the First Time To create a Message View for the first time 1 The first time you create any Message Table View Attachment Table View or Conversation View Ontrack PowerControls creates a Message View file If no file exists you are prompted to create the file 270 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc MESSAGE VIEWS Message View Options No Message View File No message view file exists Would you like to create a message view File This operation may take about 5 minutes Yes No Figure 11 9 This message informs the user that an initial message view file does not exist Click Yes to create the file A progress window is displayed to indicate the stage progress text estimated time elapsed time and a grow bar There are 5 stages Initializing file Processing attachments Processing messages Processing rows and Saving file After the message view file has been created if creating a Message Table View the Creating Message View File progress window is replaced by another progress dialog that tracks the progress of view preparation A Preparing Message Table View progress window appears If you click Cancel during this process the Message Table View is not shown To view a message within the Message Table View Attachment Table View or Conversation View right click a message point to Message Views and select one of t
344. tion message appears Until you click Yes or No the opening process continues in the background Note If you click Yes to confirm the cancel operation all mailboxes opened up to this point appear in the Target pane after the progress window is closed 174 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Opening the Source Database and Target Mailboxes from the Main Window ee o 7 The Opening Target progress report can be printed or saved if desired Otherwise click Close to close the progress window and display the opened mailboxes in the Target pane Opening Multiple Sources and Targets You can display multiple Sources in the Source pane and multiple Targets in the Target pane Sources include EDB PST and CAS files Targets include PSTs CAS and Exchange Servers See the instructions for using the Data Wizard or the Ontrack PowerControls main window to open one Source or one Target at a time Source C Documents and Sett Sources Source 1 SERIES EA 11 15step124 Source 3 pub1 edb Calendar EE Contacts Deleted Items GA Drafts gt Inbox Forensic Certification Multiple Sources Journal Multiple Targets Figure 4 28 Multiple Sources can be displayed Closing Sources and Targets You can close Sources and Targets from the Ontrack PowerControls main window To close a Source 1 In the Source pane select a Source EDB PST or CAS file 2
345. track Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed f Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup UltraBac X ome Tem ce m9 Figure 2 104 Selecting UltraBac in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 5 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager C Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons Storage Groups First Storage p Second Storage Group 1 Exchange Server 5 5 Please enter the Exchange Server Site and Org names Site Figure 2 105 Selecting Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Connection Parameters
346. track PowerControls main window 224 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA Examples of Restoring Your Exchange Data To restore a folder from a public database to a Target Public Folders 1 In the Source pane copy a folder from a public database 2 In the Target pane paste the folder into the Target root public folder or a folder in the public folder 3 In the Copy Progress window verify that your messages were successfully copied You can also print or save the copy report by doing one of the following Click Print to print the copy report Click Save to save the copy report as a text file 4 In the Copy Progress window click Close to return to the Ontrack PowerControls main window Results of Restoring to Public Folders When you restore folders from a pub edb database to a public folder Target the following occurs All public folder permissions are transferred to the Target folders However folder permissions may not transfer if the version of the Source Exchange Server is different than the version of the Target Exchange Server The Exchange user doing the restore will be added to all public folder permissions with owner rights e f you have IFS also known as M drive enabled on your Exchange Server permissions for child folders may be merged with permissions for parent folders Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 225 7 RESTORING EXCHANGE DATA HAPTER Exam
347. track PowerControls will create a PST file compatible with Outlook 97 98 2000 and XP 232 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE COMMAND LINE Examples of Using the Command Line Example 7 Perform an integrity check on an entire Content Analysis Store powercontrols integ r o c out1 txt c source cas ROOT lt Operation gt Explanation integ Perform an integrity check on a database Operation options Explanation T check subfolders o c Voutl txt output report file name Source Store Explanation csource cas Path to the Content Analysis Store file name Source Folder Path gt Explanation ROOT Root of the CAS entire CAS Example 8 Copy Profilel from c source cas to the root in c target pst powercontrols copy r o c out2 txt c source cas Profile1 c target pst ROOT lt Operation gt Explanation perform copy operation Operation options Explanation T copy subfolders o c out2 txt output report file name lt Source Store gt Explanation c source cas path to the Content Analysis Store file name lt Source Folder Path gt Explanation Profile 1 source folder to copy lt Target Store gt Explanation c target pst target data store lt Target Folder Path gt Explanation ROOT copy to the root
348. tractWizard On the File menu click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type For NetBackup 4 5 click Specify NetBackup Machines Server to use for backups and restores vbackupso Edit Server List Source dient for restores or virtual client for backups IN chen Destination client for restores xi Policy type for restores Ms Exchange Server v m Figure 2 73 Specify the client and policy type In the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type window click the Client Policy Type tab Under Client List select the Exchange client you wish to restore from and make it the current client Click OK On the toolbar click Select for Restore and then select the Exchange backup you wish to restore On the Actions menu click Start Restore of Marked Files In the Restore Marked Files window deselect the Commit after restore completes check box Caution If the Commit after restore completes check box is selected NetBackup will automatically delete the restored files after completing the restore In the Temporary location for log and patch files box enter the log file path See previous step 11 to verify that you are using the Log file path value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click Start Restore 22 23 When NetBackup has finished click OK and close NetBackup In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then
349. tructure of messages copied from the Find in Source or Find in Exchange Target window because messages in this window often come from several Source locations To restore a folder a mailbox an EDB file a CAS file or a PST file 1 In the Source pane copy a folder a mailbox an EDB file a CAS file or a PST file 2 In the Target pane paste the copied item into a folder mailbox PST root or Exchange Server root 3 In the Copy Progress window verify that your messages were successfully copied and click Close Note You cannot open the same PST as a Source and Target In addition you cannot restore messages from a PST file to an Exchange Server root node To restore data even faster use drag and drop Example To restore an entire EDB file drag it to the Target Exchange Server root Limits for PST and Folder Targets When restoring Exchange Data to a Target PST or folder Outlook 97 2002 style PSTs have the following limits 2 GB PST Limit When a Target PST file reaches 1 8 GB Ontrack PowerControls creates a new PST for the additional messages The new PST file has the same name as the original Target PST file plus an appended number in parentheses Personal Folders 1 Personal Folders 2 and so on Ontrack PowerControls creates the folder path in the new PST and continues to restore Exchange data where it left off Note The 1 8 GB limit applies only to PST files created by Microsoft Outlook 2002 and earlier Thi
350. ts and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 71 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder 12 Click Next When the Exchange Emulation page changes from Initializing to Emulating Exchange Server you are ready to start NetBackup Do not click the Stop button until you reach the end of these instructions Exchange Emulation Please use your backup software to restore your backup Using your backup software select the option to restore to a different computer and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 72 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Log file path information on this page and paste it into NetBackup when prompted later in this section 100 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Start the NetBackup client on the computer running Ontrack PowerControls Ex
351. ull Offline Backup The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard works the same for an offline backup as it does for an online backup There are four differences between an offline backup and an online backup 1 For an offline backup you need to extract the edb and stm files To ensure that all email data is recovered you should also include all log files as well as pat and chk files if they exist Ontrack PowerControls performs its own verification process and will include the log pat and chk files to determine if it needs them to recover the data 2 An offline backup can contain a chk file 3 The name of the volume for an offline backup displays the drive letter 4 The volume for an offline backup extracts the full path for the Information Store files Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 29 1 USING THE POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD HAPTER Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard To extract a full offline backup On the Exchange Information Store File Selection page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select the edb and stm files To ensure that all email data is recovered you should also select log files as well as pat and chk files if they exist Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk v Catalog Exchange Information Store File Size Date v 4 13 2006 1 50 PM publ edb 135 01 MB 4 13 2006 1 50 PM EXCH2003
352. up indicates that it is an incremental or differential backup Exchange Information Store File Selection Please select the Exchange Information Store files you wish to copy to disk Catalog Exchange Information Store File Size Jl Date GY Feb 08 14 01 29 2005 5 00 2 8 2005 2 01 PM N A EXCH STMUser v 5TMusers 1 059 14MB 2 8 2005 2 01 PM N A m Feb 08 13 57 58 2005 m Feb 08 13 56 02 2005 m Feb 08 13 39 28 2005 8 0 Feb 08 13 00 29 2005 m Feb 08 12 59 12 2005 H 0 Feb 08 12 58 29 2005 m Feb 08 12 58 03 2005 Feb 08 12 56 57 2005 Feb 08 12 56 44 2005 m Feb 08 12 56 40 2005 m Feb 08 12 48 29 2005 m Feb 08 12 46 05 2005 I Total Files 2 Total Size 1 115 836 928 Bytes Incremental Differential Backup lt Back Ek Hep Figure 2 5 Extracting a full online disk backup IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 10 On the left side of the window click the plus sign next to a backup set to view its volumes 11 Select a volume select its name not its check box to display the Exchange Information Store objects on the right side of the window 12 Select the check boxes next to the objects containing the log edb and stm files as well as pat files if they exist 13 Click Next The Exchange Information Store Destination Folder page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard lets you select a folder for the extracted files 42 Copyright O 2007
353. ure that all email data is recovered 2 If you are using an offline backup You need to use the edb and stm files To ensure that all email data is recovered you should also include all log files as well as pat and chk files if they exist Ontrack PowerControls performs its own verification process and will include the log and pat files to determine if it needs them to recover the data 3 For best results when specifying a temporary file path for idx and dat files Make sure you have a sufficient amount of hard drive space for dat and idx files These files may require hard drive space equal to the size of the log files Therefore you may need to change the default file path for idx and dat files if you need more space Ontrack PowerControls never modifies an edb file or its associated files e g log stm pat chk however it does create dat and idx files the first time you open an edb file from a directory that contains log files Each time you reopen the edb file Ontrack PowerControls uses the information in the dat and idx files to open the edb file more quickly Note Exchange 5 5 and Exchange 2007 do not use stm files Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 157 e o o 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS XE Running the Data Wizard Data Wizard Target Type and Path Selection On the Target Type and Path Selection page of the Data Wizard specify the type and path of the Target file you are usi
354. uter and enter TARGET as the Exchange server destination If your backup software asks for alog file or temporary file directory enter C Documents and Settings jbrown My Documents Search Results Report as the path Restore to TARGET Log file path C Documents and Settings My Documents Search Results Report Storage Groups First Storage Emulating Exchange Server Click Stop when your backup software completes extracting files Figure 2 51 The Exchange Emulation information window Tip You can copy the Restore to information on this page and paste it into Backup Exec when prompted later in this section Start Symantec Backup Exec on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click Restore at the top left of the Backup Exec window The Restore Job Properties window appears In the Properties pane select Selections under the Source heading In the All Resources tree select the Exchange backup you want to restore Note You cannot restore the Microsoft Exchange Directory In the Properties pane select Exchange Redirection under the Destination heading Select the Redirect Exchange sets check box In the Restore to server box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer 1 the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard See previous step 8 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the E
355. utton to select an already existing folder Destination Folder C Documents and Settings Documents Search Results Report lt Back Next gt Exit Help Figure 2 14 Exchange Information Store Destination Folder Under Destination Folder specify a location for the extracted files Click Next The Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard verifies that you have enough disk space as well as access rights to create files and directories and then begins to extract the Exchange Information Store files you have selected The Exchange Information Store Copy Progress page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard shows the progress of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard extracting the Exchange Information Store data to the destination folder This process may take some time 50 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Method Exchange Information Store Copy Progress Please wait while the Exchange Information Store files are copied to the destination Processing MExtractWizard Data 4 13 2006 EXCH2003 Public Folders bkf Processing Block 30 659 Copying File 1 of 3 From 4_13_2006 1 50 PM First Storage Group publ edb To C Documents and Settings My Docu PM EXCH2003 First Storage Group publ edb Time Elapsed 00h 00m 04s Copied 31 391 264Bytes of 141 570 048 Bytes Total Time Remaining 00h 00m 14s Total 31 391 264Bytes
356. ve been sent through an Exchange Server to another mailbox Messages in the Sent Items folder are copies of messages sent through an Exchange Server and are not considered to be received messages Because messages in the Drafts folder Notes folder and other similar items are not sent through an Exchange Server they too are not considered to be received Note Because recovery software such as Ontrack PowerControls restores messages from a source to an Exchange mailbox without sending them the messages that Ontrack PowerControls restores are not considered to be received messages Shortcut Menu This menu is accessed by right clicking on an item Source Data Store This is the data store from which folders and messages are copied The Source is read only so items cannot be copied into deleted from or changed in the Source STM For Exchange Server 2000 and 2003 this is one of the two files that make up the Exchange Information Store the other being the EDB file The STM file stores certain data for emails that come into the Exchange Server through the POP or SMTP port This email data may eventually get moved into the EDB file over time Target Data Store This is the data store to which folders and messages are copied The Target is read write allowing items to be added deleted and changed The Target data store can be an Exchange Server or PST file Copyright
357. ved Messages Received messages of type SMTP Other Received Messages Received messages not of type EX SMTP or SYSTEM Note For a definition of received message see the Glossary on page 273 Messages by Date Report The Messages by Date report provides statistics for messages in a date range such as 1 1 2004 to 1 1 2005 and a unit of hours days weeks or months The report is keyed off of the received date of the message Note This report is available only for a Priv EDB and CAS files Column Heading Description Hour Day Week Month The date unit that was selected in the Create Reports window Examples are Hour 12 25 2004 9 PM Day 12 25 2004 Week 12 26 2004 1 1 2005 Weeks start on Sunday and end on Saturday Month 12 2004 Internal Received Messages Received messages of type EX or SYSTEM Total Size of Internal The sum of the internal received message sizes Received Messages SMTP Received Messages Received messages of type SMTP Total Size of SMTP The sum of the SMTP received message sizes Received Messages Other Received Messages Received messages not of type EX SMTP or SYSTEM Total Size of Other The sum of the other received message sizes Received Messages Note For a definition of received message see the Glossary on page 273 242 Copyrigh
358. w that appears select the mailbox from the list and click OK 3 The Connect to Public Folders check box is selected by default This feature allows you to open public folders as a Target for restoring public folders or messages If you do not want to restore to public folders deselect this check box For more information see Restoring to Public Folders on page 224 4 If you are not connected to a domain the Enter Password window appears In this window type a user name that has full rights to the mailbox a password and a domain name Then click OK This window may appear again which will require you to reenter this information 5 Click Next To specify an Exchange Server as the Target for restored data for All Mailboxes 1 Select the Connect to Exchange Server All Mailboxes option Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 159 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS IES Running the Data Wizard Data Wizard Target Type amp Path Selection Please select the type and path of the target file you will be using as your container for the restored data Please select the type of target you wish to open The target is where you plan to copy messages to and may be a PST file Content Analysis Store or a live Exchange server Select Target C PST File C Connect To Exchange Server Single Mailbox Connect To Exchange Server All Mailboxes Content Analysis Store Target Exchange Server Domain Controller IT
359. werControls ExtractWizard is the Restore Target Computer 5 Click Next On the Method of Extraction page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard select Advanced Method and Veritas NetBackup Method of Extraction Please extract the data directly or use the backup software C Direct Method The direct method reads the tape or disk file directly without needing the original backup software installed Advanced Method The advanced method leverages the backup software s knowledge of individual backup set locations and robotic library support to quickly extract online exchange backups This method requires the backup client software to be installed on this computer Select the sofware used to create the backup Veritas NetBackup oue Tm m we Figure 2 69 Selecting Veritas NetBackup in the Method of Extraction Advanced Method 7 Click Next The Connection Parameters page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard appears 98 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD Using the Exchange Emulation Method ee o Connection Parameters Specify the Exchange Server Storage Group Select the Exchange Server version to restore The Storage Group Site and Org names are case sensitive and must match exactly as they appear in Exchange System Manager Exchange Server 2000 or 2003 Please enter the Exchange Storage Groups seperated by semicolons
360. wing Properties of a Content Analysis Store To view the properties of a content analysis store 1 To display the CAS File Properties window right click the CAS in either the Source or Target pane and click Properties Create Reports Close Store 29 Profilet Cc Integrity Check Ctrl I RA Profile2 Copy Ctrl C Find Ctrl F i Export Ctrl P Figure 10 20 Right click the CAS file to reveal the Properties command CAS File Properties Number of Source Containers Number of Profile Folders Number of Messages CAS Creation Time Size of CAS File 0 2 248 10 12 2006 13 50 43 0 MB Help Figure 10 21 The Properties the selected CAS file To view the properties of a content analysis store profile folder 1 Right click the profile folder and click Properties Properties of Profile1 Full Path Number of Messages Approximate Total Size of Messages Number of Messages Processed Status Processing State 11 15step125 Profilel 0 0 Bytes 0 Finished counting Completed Processing Figure 10 22 The Properties of the CAS profile folder 258 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc CONTENT ANALYSIS STORE Creating a Content Analysis Store ee o Creating Reports in Content Analysis Store You can create reports of the Source content analysis store by right clicking the Source content analysis store root Th
361. x If this check box remains selected Backup Exec will automatically delete the restored files after completing the restore Click Run Now Backup Exec displays a warning about restoring a server with different Site and Organization names You can safely click Yes Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard and Ontrack PowerControls do not depend on the Site and Organization names Backup Exec will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard When Backup Exec has finished click OK and close Backup Exec In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Symantec Backup Exec 11d and Exchange Server 2000 2003 2007 1 Install Backup Exec Remote Agent for Windows Servers client software on the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard On the computer that will be running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard do one of the following Option 1 Install the Exchange System Management Tools and update the system path to include the Exchsrvr bin directory e Option 2 Copy esebcli2 dll to the system path winnt system32 windows system32 The esebcli2 dll file is located on the Exchange Server in the Exchange Server bin directory Then set the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control BackupRestore DLLPaths with Value Name Esebcli2 Data Type REG EXPAND SZ String Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 75 C
362. xchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard In the Server logon account change the logon account if necessary The account you select must have backup operator rights to the Restore Target Computer In the Properties pane select Exchange under the Settings heading In the Exchange v5 5 area deselect the No Loss Restore check box Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 81 CHAPTER 2 USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD CHAPTER2 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Important If the No Loss Restore check box is selected the restore will fail 20 Select one or both of the following check boxes Select the Restore public folder if you would like to restore the pub edb Select the Restore private mailboxes if you would like to restore the priv edb 2 Click Run Now Backup Exec will display a warning about restoring a server with different Site and Organization names You can safely click Yes Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard and Ontrack PowerControls do not depend on the Site and Organization names Backup Exec will start to restore Exchange files to the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard 22 When Backup Exec has finished click OK and close Backup Exec 23 In Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard click Stop and then click Finish Exchange Emulation for Symantec Backup Exec 8 6 and Exchange Server 2000 2003 1 Install Backup Exec Remote Agent for Windows Servers cli
363. y run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click Restore The Restore Job Properties window appears In the Properties pane select Selections under the Source heading In the All Resources tree select the Exchange backup you want to restore In the Properties pane select Microsoft Exchange Redirection under the Destination heading Select the Redirect Exchange sets check box In the Restore to server box enter the name of the Restore Target Computer 1 the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard See previous step 9 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard In the Server logon account change the logon account if necessary The account you select must have backup operator rights to the Restore Target Computer If using Volume Shadow Copy Services VSS select the Redirect using Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS snapshot provider check box Select the Redirect to drive and path Exchange 2003 and 2007 option In the Restore to drive select the computer name of the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard In Restore to path enter the path to that same computer This should match the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard destination path In the Properties pane select Microsoft Exchange under the Settings heading 78 Copyright O 2007 08 Kroll Ontra
364. y the Restore to and Log file path information on this page and paste it into NT Backup when prompted later in this section 56 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc USING THE ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS EXTRACTWIZARD ADVANCED METHOD 12 13 14 15 16 22 23 24 25 26 Using the Exchange Emulation Method Start NT Backup Backup Utility in Windows XP and 2003 on the computer you normally run your restores on This can be the same computer as the one running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Do one of the following f NT Backup is on a different computer than Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard proceed to step 12 f NT Backup is on the same computer as Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard skip steps 12 15 and proceed to step 16 In NT Backup click the Backup tab On the Tools menu click Remote Store In the Remote Store window enter the name of the Restore Target Computer i e the computer running Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard The name must be in all capital letters See previous step 9 to verify that you are using the Restore to value from the Exchange Emulation page of the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Click OK If you receive an error stating that the Microsoft Exchange Server does not appear in the Backup tree 1 it does not appear in the left pane in the Backup tab this means that NT Backup is not able to verify the Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWiza
365. you wish to purchase A license file containing the newly enabled agent will be sent to you Note To contact a sales representative see the contact information at the beginning of this user guide 2 Replace the existing ini file with the new ini file The default location for this file is in the Ontrack PowerControls directory 10 Copyright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc INTRODUCTION Enabling the Licensed Agents The License File All Ontrack PowerControls editions require a license file The purpose of this file is to let you buy only those features you need Before Ontrack PowerControls is enabled it checks the ini file for five things The license file must be valid for Ontrack PowerControls 5 0 Mailbox limit if applicable Server name enforcement if applicable Allows users to open EDB files only from the licensed server names Subscription length if applicable Enabled Agents Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard Agents Ontrack PowerControls Agents Tip If you have the Ontrack PowerControls Standard Edition 100 mailboxes and you attempt open an EDB file with 101 mailboxes Ontrack PowerControls will not open the file Note To view and or change the location of the license file see Setting Preferences on to page 148 In the Ontrack PowerControls Preferences window click the Options tab and read the instructions for the License file name preference Example of a license file Ontrack Pow
366. yright 2007 08 Kroll Ontrack Inc 155 CHAPTER 4 USING ONTRACK POWERCONTROLS Running the Data Wizard Data Wizard Welcome to the Data Wizard WELCOME This wizard will guide you through the loading of mail files into your Ontrack PowerControls application If you wish to restore edb files from tape or disk run Ontrack PowerControls ExtractWizard from your Ontrack PowerControls program folder now Run On Startup KROLL ONTRACK cros Figure 4 4 Opening page of Data Wizard Data Wizard Source Path Selection On the Source Path Selection page of the Data Wizard specify the Source EDB file path along with its log file path and temporary file path or specify the Source PST file or CAS file path If you do not want to open a Source EDB PST or CAS file at this time click Skip Note Due to the database nature of the PST file and MAPI subsystem PSTs opened as Source are modified To specify a source file 1 In the Source File box click Browse to find the Source EDB file Source PST file or Source CAS file If you specified a PST or CAS file path proceed to step 5 PST files do not require log file or temporary file paths In the Log File Path box click Browse to find the log files associated with the Source EDB file Important After you select an EDB file the Log File Path box defaults to the Source EDB file path even if the log files are not in the same directory as

PowerControls 5.01 User Guide.book

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents